Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,641 missions · 708 completed

Missions

Open933Completed708All1641
Control TheoryStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Backward-Forward Stochastic Differential Equations 2: The Coupled Backward-Forward System Has a Unique Adapted Solution When k Times the H∞ Norm of D Is Below OneResearch Paper

Motivation

A backward-forward stochastic differential equation couples two equations that run in opposite time directions: a forward equation for a state UUU, started from a given input, and a backward equation for a quantity VVV, pinned at a terminal time by a random variable YYY. Each equation's coefficients depend on both unknowns, so the solution at time ttt depends on the past of UUU and on the conditional future of VVV. Such systems arise in stochastic control (the adjoint equation of the stochastic maximum principle runs backward while the state runs forward) and in mathematical finance (an asset's price is forward, a hedge or value process is backward).

Antonelli's 1993 paper (Ann. Appl. Probab. 3(3), 777–793) is one of the first treatments of the coupled problem. Pardoux and Peng (1990) had established existence and uniqueness for decoupled backward equations driven by Brownian motion. Antonelli proved existence and uniqueness for the coupled system under a smallness condition, and gave examples (§3) showing that without such a condition a solution may fail to exist. This mission formalizes the bounded-variation case of that result, Theorem 3.1.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T > 0T>0 and a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) with a filtration (Ft)t≥0(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge 0}(Ft​)t≥0​ satisfying the usual hypotheses: it is right-continuous, and F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains every PPP-null set.

An integrator AAA is an adapted process whose paths have bounded variation on [0,T][0,T][0,T], with A0=0A_0 = 0A0​=0. It is written A=A+−A−A = A^+ - A^-A=A+−A− with A±A^\pmA± adapted, nondecreasing and right-continuous, and At++At−=∣A∣tA^+_t + A^-_t = |A|_tAt+​+At−​=∣A∣t​, the total variation of AAA on [0,t][0,t][0,t]. It is bounded: ∣A∣T≤β|A|_T \le \beta∣A∣T​≤β. The pathwise integral ∫sthr dAr\int_s^t h_r\,dA_r∫st​hr​dAr​ is the Lebesgue–Stieltjes integral over (s,t](s,t](s,t].

The system involves two integrators A,CA, CA,C and the increasing process

Dt=max⁡(∣A∣t,∣C∣t),D_t = \max(|A|_t, |C|_t),Dt​=max(∣A∣t​,∣C∣t​),

whose pathwise Stieltjes measure is dDdDdD. The Doléans measure μ\muμ of DDD on (0,T]×Ω(0,T]\times\Omega(0,T]×Ω gives the norm

∥V∥L1(μ)=E(∫0T∣Vt∣ dDt),\|V\|_{L^1(\mu)} = E\Big(\int_0^T |V_t|\,dD_t\Big),∥V∥L1(μ)​=E(∫0T​∣Vt​∣dDt​),

and L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ) is the space of jointly measurable processes with finite norm. The size of DDD is ∥D∥H∞=ess sup⁡DT\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty} = \operatorname{ess\,sup} D_T∥D∥H∞​=esssupDT​.

The data are coefficients f,g:[0,T]×Ω×R2→Rf, g : [0,T]\times\Omega\times\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rf,g:[0,T]×Ω×R2→R, a constant k>0k > 0k>0, a terminal value YYY and a forward input JJJ. They satisfy:

  1. f,gf, gf,g are kkk-Lipschitz in (x,y)(x,y)(x,y): ∣ζs(ω,x,y)−ζs(ω,xˉ,yˉ)∣≤k(∣x−xˉ∣+∣y−yˉ∣)|\zeta_s(\omega,x,y) - \zeta_s(\omega,\bar x,\bar y)| \le k(|x-\bar x| + |y-\bar y|)∣ζs​(ω,x,y)−ζs​(ω,xˉ,yˉ​)∣≤k(∣x−xˉ∣+∣y−yˉ​∣) for ζ=f,g\zeta = f, gζ=f,g;
  2. f,gf, gf,g are adapted in (s,ω)(s,\omega)(s,ω);
  3. fs(0,0),gs(0,0)∈L1(μ)f_s(0,0), g_s(0,0) \in L^1(\mu)fs​(0,0),gs​(0,0)∈L1(μ).

In addition Y∈L1(P)Y \in L^1(P)Y∈L1(P) is FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable and J∈L1(μ)J \in L^1(\mu)J∈L1(μ) is adapted. The system is

Ut=Jt+∫0tfs(Us,Vs) dAs,Vt=E(∫tTgs(Us,Vs) dCs+Y  ∣  Ft),(3.1–3.2)U_t = J_t + \int_0^t f_s(U_s,V_s)\,dA_s, \qquad V_t = E\Big(\int_t^T g_s(U_s,V_s)\,dC_s + Y \;\Big|\; \mathcal F_t\Big), \tag{3.1–3.2}Ut​=Jt​+∫0t​fs​(Us​,Vs​)dAs​,Vt​=E(∫tT​gs​(Us​,Vs​)dCs​+Y​Ft​),(3.1–3.2)

and its right-hand side defines an operator Γ(U,V)=(F(U,V),G(U,V))\Gamma(U,V) = (F(U,V), G(U,V))Γ(U,V)=(F(U,V),G(U,V)), (3.3). A solution in the L1(μ)⊗L1(μ)L^1(\mu)\otimes L^1(\mu)L1(μ)⊗L1(μ) sense is a pair (U,V)∈L1(μ)⊗L1(μ)(U,V)\in L^1(\mu)\otimes L^1(\mu)(U,V)∈L1(μ)⊗L1(μ) with U=F(U,V)U = F(U,V)U=F(U,V) and V=G(U,V)V = G(U,V)V=G(U,V) μ\muμ-a.e.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

If ∣dA∣|dA|∣dA∣ and ∣dC∣|dC|∣dC∣ are dominated by dDdDdD and

k ∥D∥H∞<1,k\,\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty} < 1,k∥D∥H∞​<1,

then there is a progressively measurable solution (U,V)(U,V)(U,V) of (3.1)–(3.2) in the L1(μ)⊗L1(μ)L^1(\mu)\otimes L^1(\mu)L1(μ)⊗L1(μ) sense, and any two progressively measurable solutions agree μ\muμ-a.e.:

∥U−U′∥L1(μ)+∥V−V′∥L1(μ)=0.\|U - U'\|_{L^1(\mu)} + \|V - V'\|_{L^1(\mu)} = 0.∥U−U′∥L1(μ)​+∥V−V′∥L1(μ)​=0.

Milestones

  1. Remark 2.2, (2.6): E(H∫[0,∞)a(s) dCs)=E(∫[0,∞)Hsa(s) dCs)E(H\int_{[0,\infty)} a(s)\,dC_s) = E(\int_{[0,\infty)} H_s a(s)\,dC_s)E(H∫[0,∞)​a(s)dCs​)=E(∫[0,∞)​Hs​a(s)dCs​) for an adapted increasing càdlàg CCC, a positive Borel aaa, HHH positive or in L1L^1L1, and the càdlàg version HsH_sHs​ of E(H∣Fs)E(H\mid\mathcal F_s)E(H∣Fs​). The proof of Theorem 3.1 uses it with C=DC = DC=D, a≡1a \equiv 1a≡1.
  2. Γ\GammaΓ maps L1(μ)⊗L1(μ)L^1(\mu)\otimes L^1(\mu)L1(μ)⊗L1(μ) into itself (pp. 785–787).
  3. The Lipschitz estimates (p. 787): ∣F(U,V)t−F(U~,V~)t∣≤k∫0t(∣Us−U~s∣+∣Vs−V~s∣) dDs|F(U,V)_t - F(\tilde U,\tilde V)_t| \le k\int_0^t(|U_s-\tilde U_s| + |V_s-\tilde V_s|)\,dD_s∣F(U,V)t​−F(U~,V~)t​∣≤k∫0t​(∣Us​−U~s​∣+∣Vs​−V~s​∣)dDs​, and the conditional analogue for GGG on (t,T](t,T](t,T].
  4. The contraction estimate (p. 788):
∥Γ(U,V)−Γ(U~,V~)∥L1⊗L1≤k∥D∥H∞ ∥(U,V)−(U~,V~)∥L1⊗L1.\|\Gamma(U,V) - \Gamma(\tilde U,\tilde V)\|_{L^1\otimes L^1} \le k\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty}\,\|(U,V) - (\tilde U,\tilde V)\|_{L^1\otimes L^1}.∥Γ(U,V)−Γ(U~,V~)∥L1⊗L1​≤k∥D∥H∞​∥(U,V)−(U~,V~)∥L1⊗L1​.

Significance

The theorem identifies a regime in which a coupled forward-backward system is well posed. The integrability required is only L1L^1L1, and the smallness condition k∥D∥H∞<1k\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty} < 1k∥D∥H∞​<1 ties the Lipschitz constant to the total mass of the driving integrators. With As=Cs=sA_s = C_s = sAs​=Cs​=s it reads kT<1kT < 1kT<1, a small-horizon condition. The paper's Example 1 (mission 3 of this series) shows that at k=1k = 1k=1, T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 a solution may fail to exist, so some restriction of this type is necessary. Later work on forward-backward equations, for instance the four-step scheme of Ma, Protter and Yong (1994), replaced the smallness condition by other structural assumptions. Antonelli's small-horizon result remains the base case those methods extend.

The result is proved in the paper. No machine-checked version of it, or of any backward stochastic differential equation, exists in Mathlib or on the platform. The formalization adds three things on top of the paper. It makes the solution concept precise: versions, integrability, and μ\muμ-a.e. equality. It repairs a gap in the printed proof (see Formalization scope). And it builds pathwise Lebesgue–Stieltjes integration against adapted bounded-variation processes, together with the optional projection identity (2.6), as reusable infrastructure.

Difficulty

The Banach fixed point theorem does the final step once the contraction estimate holds. The difficulty lies in reaching that estimate. The VVV-component is a conditional expectation, defined for each ttt only up to a null set, and these null sets accumulate when the process is integrated against dDdDdD, which may charge random times. The estimate has to be transported from "for each ttt, almost surely" to "μ\muμ-almost everywhere". That needs càdlàg versions and the optional projection theorem, which Mathlib lacks. A second point: the naive bound treats the forward and backward differences separately and gives the constant 2k∥D∥H∞2k\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty}2k∥D∥H∞​. Obtaining k∥D∥H∞k\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty}k∥D∥H∞​ requires combining both differences inside one conditional expectation, and that uses the adaptedness of the forward difference.

Formalization scope

Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge 0}R≥0​ with horizon T>0T > 0T>0; integrators are frozen after TTT. Each integrator carries its minimal Jordan decomposition as data, tied to Mathlib's eVariationOn. Pathwise measures are Mathlib's Stieltjes measures, and integrals are over (s,t](s,t](s,t]. Norms are lower integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Every conditional expectation is accompanied by the integrability of its argument, since Mathlib's condExp of a non-integrable function is 000. A version of G(U,V)G(U,V)G(U,V) must be jointly measurable and have càdlàg paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T]. Without the càdlàg requirement, two versions can differ on the graph of a random time charged by dDdDdD, and the contraction estimate fails.

The formalization commits to these readings of the paper:

  • Domination. The paper asserts (p. 786) that ∣A∣≪D|A|\ll D∣A∣≪D and ∣C∣≪D|C|\ll D∣C∣≪D with densities at most 111. This is false for D=max⁡(∣A∣,∣C∣)D = \max(|A|,|C|)D=max(∣A∣,∣C∣) in general: take ∣A∣t=t|A|_t = t∣A∣t​=t and ∣C∣t=2⋅1{t≥ε}|C|_t = 2\cdot 1\{t\ge\varepsilon\}∣C∣t​=2⋅1{t≥ε}. It is assumed explicitly, as "D−∣A∣D - |A|D−∣A∣ and D−∣C∣D - |C|D−∣C∣ are nondecreasing on [0,T][0,T][0,T]". The paper's Example 1 (A=CA = CA=C) satisfies it.
  • Adaptedness. "Adapted" solutions are progressively measurable. For each (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), f(⋅,⋅,x,y)f(\cdot,\cdot,x,y)f(⋅,⋅,x,y) is required to be progressively measurable, since with a merely adapted integrand ∫0tf dA\int_0^t f\,dA∫0t​fdA need not be adapted. The weaker printed hypothesis is kept for ggg.
  • Norm of DDD. ∥D∥H∞\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty}∥D∥H∞​ is ess sup⁡DT\operatorname{ess\,sup} D_TesssupDT​, not the bound β\betaβ. The hypothesis k∥D∥H∞<1k\|D\|_{\mathbf H^\infty} < 1k∥D∥H∞​<1 is weaker than kβ<1k\beta < 1kβ<1, and the theorem keeps it.
  • Small departures. The constant k1k_1k1​ bounding JJJ becomes finiteness. "∣A∣T,∣C∣T<β|A|_T, |C|_T < \beta∣A∣T​,∣C∣T​<β" becomes "≤β\le \beta≤β". In the positive case of Remark 2.2, the version of E(H∣Ft)E(H\mid\mathcal F_t)E(H∣Ft​) is [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued and characterized by its integrals over Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-sets.

The solution concept rules out trivial solutions. It requires U,V∈L1(μ)U, V\in L^1(\mu)U,V∈L1(μ), the integrability of every argument of the conditional expectation, and a càdlàg version, and existence asserts a progressively measurable pair. A pair satisfying the equations only through Lean's junk values therefore does not count.

A complete development needs:

  • measurability of pathwise Stieltjes integrals in ω\omegaω;
  • the optional projection theorem for càdlàg processes (Dellacherie–Meyer VI.47, VI.57);
  • existence of càdlàg versions of martingales under the usual hypotheses;
  • completeness of L1L^1L1 over the progressive σ-algebra.

All four are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any of them are welcome, as is a proof of any milestone in isolation.

Selected references

  • F. Antonelli, Backward-forward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 3(3) (1993) 777–793. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005363
  • E. Pardoux, S. Peng, Adapted solution of a backward stochastic differential equation, Systems Control Lett. 14 (1990) 55–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6
  • C. Dellacherie, P.-A. Meyer, Probabilities and Potential B: Theory of Martingales, North-Holland Mathematics Studies 72, 1982. ISBN 0-444-86526-8
  • P. Protter, Stochastic Integration and Differential Equations, Springer, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-02619-9
  • J. Ma, P. Protter, J. Yong, Solving forward-backward stochastic differential equations explicitly — a four step scheme, Probab. Theory Related Fields 98 (1994) 339–359. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01192258
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Residual Life Time at Great Age 6: For 0 < ξ < α, Residual Life Attraction to Γ_α Is Equivalent to a Finite ξ-th Moment and E((X/t)^ξ | X > t) → (1 − ξ/α)^{−1}Research Paper

Motivation

Actuaries, reliability engineers and demographers ask how much longer an item or a person will live given that it has already survived to a great age ttt. For a lifetime XXX with distribution function FFF, this is the law of the residual life time X−tX - tX−t given X>tX > tX>t, and the question is what this law looks like as t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞. Balkema and de Haan (Ann. Probab. 2 (1974) 792–804) determined all possible limit laws of the suitably normed residual life time and the distribution functions attracted to each. When only a scale normalization is allowed, the possible continuous limits are the exponential law and the Pareto-type laws Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​, the counterparts in residual-life theory of the Gumbel and Fréchet laws of extreme value theory. Both theories rest on Karamata's theory of regular variation (de Haan 1970).

Section 5 of the paper restates the domain of attraction of Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​ in terms of moments: weak convergence of the scaled residual life times is equivalent to convergence of a single conditional moment of the scaled residual life. For an exponential limit the analogous link between weak convergence and first moments had been studied by Meilijson (1972). Moment conditions of this form underlie the mean-excess and Hill-type diagnostics used in heavy-tail statistics and in the peaks-over-threshold method (Pickands 1975).

Setting

Let XXX be a real random variable with law μ\muμ and distribution function FFF, and write R(x)=1−F(x)=P{X>x}R(x) = 1 - F(x) = P\{X > x\}R(x)=1−F(x)=P{X>x} for its tail. The standing assumption is F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for every real xxx, i.e. R(x)>0R(x) > 0R(x)>0: XXX has no finite upper endpoint, and conditioning on {X>t}\{X > t\}{X>t} makes sense for every ttt.

For t>0t > 0t>0, the conditional distribution function of X/tX/tX/t given X>tX > tX>t is

P{Xt≤x ∣ X>t}=P{t<X≤xt}P{X>t},P\Big\{\frac{X}{t} \le x \,\Big|\, X > t\Big\} = \frac{P\{t < X \le xt\}}{P\{X > t\}},P{tX​≤x​X>t}=P{X>t}P{t<X≤xt}​,

which vanishes for x≤1x \le 1x≤1. For a real exponent ξ\xiξ, the conditional ξ\xiξ-th moment is

E((Xt)ξ ∣ X>t)=1P{X>t}∫(t,∞)(yt)ξdF(y).E\Big(\Big(\frac{X}{t}\Big)^{\xi}\,\Big|\,X > t\Big) = \frac{1}{P\{X>t\}}\int_{(t,\infty)} \Big(\frac{y}{t}\Big)^{\xi} dF(y).E((tX​)ξ​X>t)=P{X>t}1​∫(t,∞)​(ty​)ξdF(y).

For α>0\alpha > 0α>0 the limit law Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​ is Γα(x)=1−(1+x)−α\Gamma_\alpha(x) = 1 - (1+x)^{-\alpha}Γα​(x)=1−(1+x)−α for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 and Γα(x)=0\Gamma_\alpha(x) = 0Γα​(x)=0 for x<0x < 0x<0. The shifted function Γα(x−1)\Gamma_\alpha(x-1)Γα​(x−1) equals 1−x−α1 - x^{-\alpha}1−x−α for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1: the Pareto law of index α\alphaα on [1,∞)[1,\infty)[1,∞). The distribution function FFF is in the domain of residual life time attraction Dr(Γα)D_r(\Gamma_\alpha)Dr​(Γα​) when

lim⁡t→∞P{Xt≤x ∣ X>t}=Γα(x−1)for all x>0.\lim_{t\to\infty} P\Big\{\frac{X}{t} \le x \,\Big|\, X > t\Big\} = \Gamma_\alpha(x-1) \qquad \text{for all } x > 0 .t→∞lim​P{tX​≤x​X>t}=Γα​(x−1)for all x>0.

In Lean the tail is BalkemaDeHaan.LimitTypes.tail; the scaled conditional distribution and moment are BalkemaDeHaan.Moments.scaledResidualCDF and BalkemaDeHaan.Moments.condMoment. The limit law is BalkemaDeHaan.ParetoBounds.GammaLaw.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8(a), corrected

For F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for all xxx and 0<ξ<α0 < \xi < \alpha0<ξ<α:

F∈Dr(Γα)  ⟺  ∫0∞yξ dF(y)<∞  and  lim⁡t→∞E((Xt)ξ ∣ X>t)=(1−ξα)−1.F \in D_r(\Gamma_\alpha) \iff \int_0^\infty y^\xi\, dF(y) < \infty \ \text{ and } \ \lim_{t\to\infty} E\Big(\Big(\frac{X}{t}\Big)^{\xi}\,\Big|\,X > t\Big) = \Big(1 - \frac{\xi}{\alpha}\Big)^{-1}.F∈Dr​(Γα​)⟺∫0∞​yξdF(y)<∞  and  t→∞lim​E((tX​)ξ​X>t)=(1−αξ​)−1.

Milestones

  1. The identity in the proof of Theorem 8(a): for x>0x > 0x>0, with a finite ξ\xiξ-th moment,
∫x∞yξdF(y)xξ(1−F(x))=ξ ∫x∞yξ−1(1−F(y)) dyxξ(1−F(x))+1,\frac{\int_x^\infty y^\xi dF(y)}{x^\xi(1-F(x))} = \xi\,\frac{\int_x^\infty y^{\xi-1}(1-F(y))\,dy}{x^\xi(1-F(x))} + 1,xξ(1−F(x))∫x∞​yξdF(y)​=ξxξ(1−F(x))∫x∞​yξ−1(1−F(y))dy​+1,

the left side being E((X/x)ξ∣X>x)E((X/x)^\xi \mid X > x)E((X/x)ξ∣X>x). 2. The value of the limit: ∫0∞xξ dΓα(x−1)=(1−ξ/α)−1\int_0^\infty x^\xi\, d\Gamma_\alpha(x-1) = (1-\xi/\alpha)^{-1}∫0∞​xξdΓα​(x−1)=(1−ξ/α)−1 for 0<ξ<α0 < \xi < \alpha0<ξ<α. 3. The "only if" half: F∈Dr(Γα)F \in D_r(\Gamma_\alpha)F∈Dr​(Γα​) implies a finite ξ\xiξ-th moment and convergence of the conditional moment to (1−ξ/α)−1(1-\xi/\alpha)^{-1}(1−ξ/α)−1. 4. The "if" half, corrected: the converse.

Significance

The theorem replaces a distributional limit, required at every x>0x > 0x>0, by one numerical limit, for any order ξ∈(0,α)\xi \in (0,\alpha)ξ∈(0,α). In statistics this justifies testing or estimating heavy-tail behaviour through empirical conditional moments above a high threshold, and it identifies the limit value (1−ξ/α)−1(1-\xi/\alpha)^{-1}(1−ξ/α)−1, from which α\alphaα can be read off. Combined with Theorem 4 of the same paper (Dr(Γα)=D(Φα)D_r(\Gamma_\alpha) = D(\Phi_\alpha)Dr​(Γα​)=D(Φα​)), it gives a moment criterion for the Fréchet domain of attraction of extreme value theory.

The result is classical and proved, by reduction to Karamata's theorem on integrals of regularly varying functions. No machine-checked proof is known. Mathlib has no theory of regular variation, no Karamata theorem and no domains of attraction, so a formal proof also produces a reusable piece of the theory of regularly varying tails: the direct and converse halves of Karamata's integral theorem for tails of probability laws.

Difficulty

Both directions pass through the asymptotics of ∫x∞yξ−1R(y) dy\int_x^\infty y^{\xi-1}R(y)\,dy∫x∞​yξ−1R(y)dy against xξR(x)x^\xi R(x)xξR(x). The direct half requires uniform control of R(tx)/R(t)R(tx)/R(t)R(tx)/R(t) over x∈(1,∞)x \in (1,\infty)x∈(1,∞) to exchange the limit t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞ with an integral over an unbounded range; pointwise convergence of the tail ratio alone does not dominate the integrand. The converse half must recover regular variation of RRR from the behaviour of a single integral functional, and here the limit value matters: the page's hypothesis that the limit merely exists does not identify α\alphaα (see below), so an argument that never uses the value (1−ξ/α)−1(1-\xi/\alpha)^{-1}(1−ξ/α)−1 cannot succeed.

Formalization scope

  • The law of XXX is μ : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure μ; F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for all xxx is ∀ x, 0 < μ (Set.Ioi x). All conditional quantities divide by μ (Set.Ioi t), which this hypothesis keeps nonzero.
  • "∫0∞yξdF(y)\int_0^\infty y^\xi dF(y)∫0∞​yξdF(y) is finite" is IntegrableOn (fun y => y ^ ξ) (Set.Ioi 0) μ (real power on positive bases). In the "only if" half it is part of the conclusion, never an assumption; Lean's value 000 for a non-integrable Bochner integral therefore cannot make the statements hold trivially. Milestone 1 asserts integrability of yξ−1R(y)y^{\xi-1}R(y)yξ−1R(y) on (x,∞)(x,\infty)(x,∞) as well.
  • "lim⁡t→∞\lim_{t\to\infty}limt→∞​" is Tendsto … atTop along real ttt; the limit form of Dr(Γα)D_r(\Gamma_\alpha)Dr​(Γα​) is required for every x>0x > 0x>0, as printed (the limit Γα(x−1)\Gamma_\alpha(x-1)Γα​(x−1) is continuous, so this is weak convergence). The goal uses this explicit form, the one given after "i.e." on the page, not a separate definition of DrD_rDr​.
  • ∫0∞xξdΓα(x−1)\int_0^\infty x^\xi d\Gamma_\alpha(x-1)∫0∞​xξdΓα​(x−1) is the integral against a probability measure whose distribution function (ProbabilityTheory.cdf) is x↦Γα(x−1)x \mapsto \Gamma_\alpha(x-1)x↦Γα​(x−1); milestone 2 asserts such a measure exists and computes the moment for every such measure.
  • Corrected statement. The source is the published article (Annals of Probability, DOI 10.1214/aop/1176996548). As printed, the "if" direction asks only that c=lim⁡E((X/t)ξ∣X>t)c = \lim E((X/t)^\xi \mid X>t)c=limE((X/t)ξ∣X>t) exist and be finite. That is false: the tail R(x)=x−βR(x) = x^{-\beta}R(x)=x−β for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, with β>ξ\beta > \xiβ>ξ and β≠α\beta \ne \alphaβ=α, has a finite ξ\xiξ-th moment and E((X/t)ξ∣X>t)=(1−ξ/β)−1E((X/t)^\xi\mid X > t) = (1-\xi/\beta)^{-1}E((X/t)ξ∣X>t)=(1−ξ/β)−1 for all t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, but its limit law is Γβ(x−1)\Gamma_\beta(x-1)Γβ​(x−1). The goal and milestone 4 require c=(1−ξ/α)−1c = (1-\xi/\alpha)^{-1}c=(1−ξ/α)−1, the value the page itself states in "Then c=(1−ξ/α)−1c = (1-\xi/\alpha)^{-1}c=(1−ξ/α)−1". The "only if" direction is exactly the page's.
  • No hypothesis beyond the page is added; α>0\alpha > 0α>0 follows from 0<ξ<α0 < \xi < \alpha0<ξ<α.

A complete development needs regularly varying functions, uniform convergence (or Potter bounds) for regularly varying tails, and Karamata's integral theorem with its converse; all are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, of these general tools, and of the Pareto moment computation are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. A. Balkema and L. de Haan, Residual life time at great age, Annals of Probability 2 (1974), no. 5, 792–804. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996548
  • L. de Haan, On Regular Variation and Its Application to the Weak Convergence of Sample Extremes, Mathematical Centre Tracts 32, Amsterdam, 1970 (Theorem 1.2.1 and Remark 1.2.1).
  • N. H. Bingham, C. M. Goldie and J. L. Teugels, Regular Variation, Cambridge University Press, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511721434
  • I. Meilijson, Limiting properties of the mean residual lifetime function, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 43 (1972), 354–357. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177692729
  • J. Pickands III, Statistical inference using extreme order statistics, Annals of Statistics 3 (1975), 119–131. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343003
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Residual Life Time at Great Age 2: The Domain of Residual Life Time Attraction of the Exponential Law Is D(Λ) ∩ D₀Research Paper

Motivation

A lifetime observed only after it has survived to a high age is described by its residual life: the additional time until failure, conditional on survival so far. Reliability analysis asks whether these conditional distributions settle into a stable shape after scaling and shifting. Extreme-value theory asks a related question about the largest observation in a large independent sample. Balkema and de Haan identify an exact connection between these questions for the exponential residual-life limit and the Gumbel maxima limit in Theorem 3 of their 1974 article. The connection lets one recognize the asymptotic form of old-age lifetimes from the domain of attraction of sample maxima, provided the lifetime distribution has no finite upper endpoint.

The article studies several residual-life limits. This mission isolates its exponential case, where the limiting conditional excess has distribution function Π(x)=1−e−x\Pi(x)=1-e^{-x}Π(x)=1−e−x for x≥0x\ge0x≥0. The other continuous family Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​ and the paper's discrete limits have separate hypotheses and attraction domains; they are outside this theorem.

Setting

Let XXX have a probability distribution function FFF on R\mathbb RR, and let its survival function be R(x)=Pr⁡(X>x)=1−F(x)R(x)=\Pr(X>x)=1-F(x)R(x)=Pr(X>x)=1−F(x). For a threshold ttt with R(t)>0R(t)>0R(t)>0, the residual-life distribution function is

Ft(x)=Pr⁡(X−t≤x∣X>t)=Pr⁡(t<X≤t+x)R(t).F_t(x)=\Pr(X-t\le x\mid X>t)=\frac{\Pr(t<X\le t+x)}{R(t)}.Ft​(x)=Pr(X−t≤x∣X>t)=R(t)Pr(t<X≤t+x)​.

It is zero for x<0x<0x<0. The class D0D_0D0​ consists of the distributions with R(x)>0R(x)>0R(x)>0 for every real xxx. This says that the upper endpoint is infinite and makes FtF_tFt​ meaningful at every threshold.

A law FFF belongs to the domain of residual-life attraction Dr(G)D_r(G)Dr​(G) when F∈D0F\in D_0F∈D0​ and there are a positive scale a(t)a(t)a(t) and a shift b(t)b(t)b(t) such that Ft(b(t)+xa(t))F_t(b(t)+xa(t))Ft​(b(t)+xa(t)) converges weakly to G(x)G(x)G(x) as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞. The shift here acts on X−tX-tX−t, the residual lifetime. Weak convergence means convergence at every continuity point of the limiting distribution function; it does not require convergence at a jump.

For maxima, FFF belongs to the domain of attraction D(G)D(G)D(G) if there are sequences an>0a_n>0an​>0 and bnb_nbn​ for which F(anx+bn)nF(a_nx+b_n)^nF(an​x+bn​)n converges weakly to G(x)G(x)G(x) as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. The power is the distribution function of the maximum of nnn independent observations after the indicated normalization. The relevant limit laws are the exponential residual-life law and the Gumbel law:

Π(x)={0,x<0,1−e−x,x≥0,Λ(x)=e−e−x(x∈R).\Pi(x)=\begin{cases}0,&x<0,\\1-e^{-x},&x\ge0,\end{cases}\qquad \Lambda(x)=e^{-e^{-x}}\quad(x\in\mathbb R).Π(x)={0,1−e−x,​x<0,x≥0,​Λ(x)=e−e−x(x∈R).

These definitions and formulas come from the introduction and §2 of the published article, printed pages 792–793 and 798.

Formalization targets

Theorem 3: the exact domain identity

The goal is the identity stated on printed page 798:

Dr(Π)=D(Λ)∩D0.D_r(\Pi)=D(\Lambda)\cap D_0.Dr​(Π)=D(Λ)∩D0​.

Both inclusions are required. In particular, membership in the maxima domain alone is insufficient: the maximum of a sample can have a Gumbel limit even when the underlying distribution has a finite upper endpoint, while residual life cannot be conditioned on survival beyond that endpoint. The D0D_0D0​ condition is therefore part of the mathematical claim.

Supporting targets

The milestone list follows the statements used in the article's treatment of Theorem 3: the convergence-of-types remark on page 795; Lemma 3's asymptotic ratio R(x−0)/R(x+0)→1R(x-0)/R(x+0)\to1R(x−0)/R(x+0)→1; the tail criterion nR(bn+xan)→e−xnR(b_n+xa_n)\to e^{-x}nR(bn​+xan​)→e−x associated with Gumbel attraction; the inclusion D(Λ)∩D0⊆Dr(Π)D(\Lambda)\cap D_0\subseteq D_r(\Pi)D(Λ)∩D0​⊆Dr​(Π); and the passage from this tail limit on x>0x>0x>0 to all x∈Rx\in\mathbb Rx∈R. The last step retains the same normalization sequences. The article presents the criterion in one direction and relies on its converse at the end; the formal milestone records both directions with the same sequences.

Significance

The identity translates a conditional limit at a moving high threshold into a classical maxima-domain statement. A theorem about sample extremes can therefore characterize whether normalized remaining lifetime is asymptotically exponential. Conversely, observing exponential residual-life attraction determines a Gumbel maxima limit once the tail normalization is extended across the real line. The condition D0D_0D0​ marks exactly where the conditional lifetime exists; omitting it would misstate the equivalence.

The article proves the result mathematically. The Lean targets here provide a precise representation of its distributions, normalizations, and limiting claims, with Theorem 3 still posed for formal proof. A complete development would add proofs of the supporting tail and convergence-of-types statements, then establish both inclusions. The definitions of weak convergence at continuity points, survival functions, and attraction domains can also support later formalizations of the paper's Pareto and discrete cases.

Difficulty

The simple comparison F(anx+bn)n≈e−nR(anx+bn)F(a_nx+b_n)^n\approx e^{-nR(a_nx+b_n)}F(an​x+bn​)n≈e−nR(an​x+bn​) only relates the two limits after a suitable normalization is already available. The reverse direction starts with conditional residual-life convergence indexed by real thresholds, whereas maxima attraction needs a sequence indexed by integers. Sampling thresholds must preserve the tail asymptotics despite possible atoms. More seriously, the residual-life statement initially yields the required scaled-tail convergence only for positive arguments. The maxima limit must hold on the whole real line. A proof confined to that half-line cannot establish D(Λ)D(\Lambda)D(Λ); the continuation across its left boundary is the central difficulty highlighted by the article on printed pages 798–799.

Formalization scope

Lean represents FFF as the cumulative distribution function of a probability measure on R\mathbb RR and uses real-valued probabilities of intervals for RRR and FtF_tFt​. The residual-life denominator is positive wherever DrD_rDr​ is asserted. The extrema normalization is indexed by natural numbers, while the residual-life normalization is indexed by real thresholds. The scale is positive at every index; only large indices affect the limit. Weak convergence is encoded at every continuity point of the limit. As Π\PiΠ and Λ\LambdaΛ are continuous, their particular domain conditions amount to convergence at every real argument.

The paper uses two shift conventions: Ft(b(t)+xa(t))F_t(b(t)+xa(t))Ft​(b(t)+xa(t)) shifts X−tX-tX−t, while the scaled-tail expressions R(bn+xan)R(b_n+xa_n)R(bn​+xan​) shift XXX. Each statement uses the convention of its source passage. The convergence-of-types remark makes explicit the antitonicity and right-continuity of its limiting tails and states its identity where both arguments lie in the half-line on which convergence is known. Gnedenko's criterion is formalized as an equivalence: the printed sentence states the forward implication, and the conclusion of Theorem 3 uses the converse. The page-799 expression R(b(t)+xa(t))/(t)R(b(t)+xa(t))/(t)R(b(t)+xa(t))/(t) has a missing RRR in the denominator; the formal statement uses the intended R(t)R(t)R(t), consistent with conditional probability and with equation (11). These choices prevent a zero-denominator quotient or an out-of-domain limit identity from trivializing a target. In particular, D0D_0D0​ is part of the definition of Dr(G)D_r(G)Dr​(G): without it a law with a finite upper endpoint would have R(t)=0R(t)=0R(t)=0 for large ttt, the conditional distribution would be the junk quotient 0/0=00/0=00/0=0, and the domain would be mis-specified. In Lemma 3 the limit GGG is the distribution function of a probability measure, assumed continuous on all of R\mathbb RR.

The development needs measure-theoretic cumulative distributions and interval probabilities, filters for limits, and real exponential identities. The domain definitions and scaled-tail predicate are reusable beyond this theorem. Contributions that prove the stated milestones, or supply general lemmas about weak convergence and normalized tails, fit the scope.

Selected references

  • A. A. Balkema and L. de Haan, Residual Life Time at Great Age, The Annals of Probability 2(5), 792–804 (1974). DOI: 10.1214/aop/1176996548.
  • B. Gnedenko, Sur la distribution limite du terme maximum d'une série aléatoire, Annals of Mathematics 44(3), 423–453 (1943). DOI: 10.2307/1968974.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Residual Life Time at Great Age 3: F Is in the Domain of Residual Life Time Attraction of Π_{p,c} iff It Is Tail Equivalent to a Discrete Law with Gap Ratios → e^{pc} and Tail Ratios → e^{−p}Research Paper

Residual life at great age

A component that has survived to age ttt has a residual life time X−tX - tX−t, and in reliability, actuarial work and the analysis of excesses over high thresholds the question is what its conditional law looks like when ttt is large. Balkema and de Haan (Ann. Probab. 2 (1974), 792–804) answered this in full generality: after an affine normalization, the only possible limit laws are the exponential law Π\PiΠ, the Pareto-type laws Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​, and a two-parameter family of discrete laws Πp,c\Pi_{p,c}Πp,c​. The continuous half of their classification became the Pickands–Balkema–de Haan theorem behind the peaks-over-threshold method of extreme-value statistics. The discrete half is less known, and this mission treats it: Theorem 5 of the paper (§3, p. 800) describes exactly which lifetimes are attracted to Πp,c\Pi_{p,c}Πp,c​.

Discrete limits appear only when the normalization is allowed both a scale and a shift. They describe lifetimes that live, asymptotically, on a lattice-like set of ages whose spacing grows geometrically, with a fixed fraction of survivors failing at each lattice point.

The source is the published article in The Annals of Probability (DOI 10.1214/aop/1176996548); page numbers below are the journal's.

Setting

Let XXX be a real random variable with law μ\muμ, distribution function FFF and tail R(x)=1−F(x)=P{X>x}R(x) = 1 - F(x) = P\{X > x\}R(x)=1−F(x)=P{X>x}, and assume F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for every xxx. The residual life distribution function at age ttt is (1), p. 792,

Ft(x)=P{X−t≤x∣X>t}=μ((t,t+x])μ((t,∞)).F_t(x) = P\{X - t \le x \mid X > t\} = \frac{\mu((t, t+x])}{\mu((t,\infty))}.Ft​(x)=P{X−t≤x∣X>t}=μ((t,∞))μ((t,t+x])​.

A family of distribution functions HtH_tHt​ converges weakly to GGG if Ht(x)→G(x)H_t(x) \to G(x)Ht​(x)→G(x) at every continuity point xxx of GGG. The domain of residual life time attraction Dr(G)D_r(G)Dr​(G) (p. 798) is the set of FFF with F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for all xxx for which some a(t)>0a(t) > 0a(t)>0 and b(t)b(t)b(t) give

Ft(b(t)+xa(t))→G(x)weakly as t→∞.F_t(b(t) + x a(t)) \to G(x) \quad \text{weakly as } t \to \infty.Ft​(b(t)+xa(t))→G(x)weakly as t→∞.

For p>0p > 0p>0 and c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 the discrete limit law is (p. 793), for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0,

Πp,c(x)=1−exp⁡(−p[1+log⁡(1+cx)cp]) (c>0),Πp,0(x)=1−exp⁡(−p[1+xp]),\Pi_{p,c}(x) = 1 - \exp\Big(-p\Big[1 + \frac{\log(1+cx)}{cp}\Big]\Big) \ (c > 0), \qquad \Pi_{p,0}(x) = 1 - \exp\Big(-p\Big[1 + \frac{x}{p}\Big]\Big),Πp,c​(x)=1−exp(−p[1+cplog(1+cx)​]) (c>0),Πp,0​(x)=1−exp(−p[1+px​]),

and Πp,c(x)=0\Pi_{p,c}(x) = 0Πp,c​(x)=0 for x<0x < 0x<0; [ ⋅ ][\,\cdot\,][⋅] is the integer part. Its tail takes the values e−p,e−2p,…e^{-p}, e^{-2p}, \dotse−p,e−2p,… and jumps at (ekpc−1)/c(e^{kpc} - 1)/c(ekpc−1)/c, k=0,1,…k = 0, 1, \dotsk=0,1,… (at kpkpkp if c=0c = 0c=0).

A distribution function F0=1−R0F_0 = 1 - R_0F0​=1−R0​ is discrete with jump sequence t0<t1<⋯t_0 < t_1 < \cdotst0​<t1​<⋯ if the tnt_ntn​ are unbounded, each carries positive mass and there is no other mass. Two distribution functions with Fi(x)<1F_i(x) < 1Fi​(x)<1 for all xxx are tail equivalent if 1−F1(x)∼1−F2(x)1 - F_1(x) \sim 1 - F_2(x)1−F1​(x)∼1−F2​(x) as x→∞x \to \inftyx→∞. The conditions of §3 are

(12a)  tn+1−tntn−tn−1→epc,(12b)  R0(tn+1)R0(tn)→e−p.\text{(12a)}\ \ \frac{t_{n+1} - t_n}{t_n - t_{n-1}} \to e^{pc}, \qquad \text{(12b)}\ \ \frac{R_0(t_{n+1})}{R_0(t_n)} \to e^{-p}.(12a)  tn​−tn−1​tn+1​−tn​​→epc,(12b)  R0​(tn​)R0​(tn+1​)​→e−p.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 800)

For p>0p > 0p>0 and c≥0c \ge 0c≥0,

F∈Dr(Πp,c)  ⟺  F is tail equivalent to a discrete F0 whose jumps satisfy (12a) and whose tail satisfies (12b).F \in D_r(\Pi_{p,c}) \iff F \text{ is tail equivalent to a discrete } F_0 \text{ whose jumps satisfy (12a) and whose tail satisfies (12b).}F∈Dr​(Πp,c​)⟺F is tail equivalent to a discrete F0​ whose jumps satisfy (12a) and whose tail satisfies (12b).

Milestones

  1. (§3, pp. 799–800) A discrete FFF satisfying (12a) and (12b) lies in Dr(Πp,c)D_r(\Pi_{p,c})Dr​(Πp,c​).
  2. (§3, p. 800) If F1F_1F1​ is tail equivalent to F2∈Dr(Πp,c)F_2 \in D_r(\Pi_{p,c})F2​∈Dr​(Πp,c​), then F1∈Dr(Πp,c)F_1 \in D_r(\Pi_{p,c})F1​∈Dr​(Πp,c​). Milestones 1 and 2 give the "if" half.
  3. (Proof of Theorem 5, p. 800) If F∈Dr(Πp,c)F \in D_r(\Pi_{p,c})F∈Dr​(Πp,c​), there are bn↑∞b_n \uparrow \inftybn​↑∞ with R(bn+1)/R(bn)→e−pR(b_{n+1})/R(b_n) \to e^{-p}R(bn+1​)/R(bn​)→e−p and a discrete F0F_0F0​, tail equivalent to FFF, with R0(tn)=R(bn)R_0(t_n) = R(b_n)R0​(tn​)=R(bn​) at its jumps.
  4. (Proof of Theorem 5, pp. 800–801) Such an F0F_0F0​ satisfies (12b) and (12a). Milestones 3 and 4 give the "only if" half.

Significance

Theorem 5, together with Theorems 1, 3 and 4 of the paper, completes the description of residual-life attraction: every nondegenerate limit is of one of the listed types, and each type's domain of attraction is identified. For the discrete types the answer is a statement purely about the geometry of the atoms of an approximating law, which makes membership checkable for concrete lifetimes (geometric-type laws on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} fall under c=0c = 0c=0, laws on a geometric grid {λn}\{\lambda^n\}{λn} under c>0c > 0c>0). It also explains why discrete limits are invisible when only a scale normalization is allowed.

The theorem has been proved since 1974; it has not been formalized. A machine-checked development would supply weak convergence of distribution functions at continuity points, residual-life normalizations and tail equivalence as reusable objects, and would check a proof that the paper compresses into a page, including a convergence-of-types step on a half line that the paper cites from its own §1.

Difficulty

The "if" half is close to a computation, but the computation is about weak convergence to a step function: the normed tails converge only off the jumps, and the normalization must be extended from the jump times tnt_ntn​ to all real ages ttt.

The "only if" half is the core. From F∈Dr(Πp,c)F \in D_r(\Pi_{p,c})F∈Dr​(Πp,c​) alone one has to manufacture the atoms tnt_ntn​ of a discrete law that FFF itself need not have. The obvious attempt, reading the atoms off the jumps of FFF, fails because FFF may be continuous: membership in Dr(Πp,c)D_r(\Pi_{p,c})Dr​(Πp,c​) only says that FFF drops by a factor close to e−pe^{-p}e−p over short stretches, relative to the normalization, and never by an intermediate factor. Making "never by an intermediate factor" precise uniformly in the age ttt, with normalizations a(t),b(t)a(t), b(t)a(t),b(t) about which nothing but their existence is known, is where the work lies; the same lack of control over a(t)a(t)a(t) is what makes the gap ratio (12a) hard to extract.

Formalization scope

A law is a measure μ : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure μ; the tail R(x)R(x)R(x) is (μ (Set.Ioi x)).toReal, and Ft(x)F_t(x)Ft​(x) is μ((t, t+x]) / μ((t,∞)). Dr(G)D_r(G)Dr​(G) (InDr) includes F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for all xxx, normalizations a(t)>0a(t) > 0a(t)>0 for all real ttt, and "weakly" means convergence at every continuity point of GGG and nowhere else; requiring convergence at the jumps of Πp,c\Pi_{p,c}Πp,c​ would make Dr(Πp,c)D_r(\Pi_{p,c})Dr​(Πp,c​) empty. Πp,c\Pi_{p,c}Πp,c​ (piPC) is defined by cases c=0c = 0c=0 / c>0c > 0c>0 with Int.floor, so that c=0c = 0c=0 is not the junk value of a division by zero; it is used only with p>0p > 0p>0, c≥0c \ge 0c≥0. A discrete law with jump sequence ttt (IsDiscreteWithJumps) has ttt strictly increasing and tending to ∞\infty∞, positive mass at each tnt_ntn​ and no mass elsewhere. (12a) is indexed from n=1n = 1n=1. Tail equivalence (TailEquiv) includes Fi(x)<1F_i(x) < 1Fi​(x)<1 for both laws.

Conventions and disclosed readings:

  • The page proves the "if" direction by showing convergence to a function of the type of 1−Πp,c1 - \Pi_{p,c}1−Πp,c​; since DrD_rDr​ lets a,ba, ba,b be chosen freely, milestone 1 is stated with Πp,c\Pi_{p,c}Πp,c​ itself.
  • The proof of Theorem 5 uses the normalization (2)–(3) of p. 794, where b(t)b(t)b(t) shifts XXX rather than X−tX - tX−t; milestone 3 only asserts the existence of the sequence bnb_nbn​ with R(bn+1)/R(bn)→e−pR(b_{n+1})/R(b_n) \to e^{-p}R(bn+1​)/R(bn​)→e−p, so no convention enters its statement.
  • "F0F_0F0​ only takes the values F(bn)F(b_n)F(bn​)" is formalized as R0(tn)=R(bn)R_0(t_n) = R(b_n)R0​(tn​)=R(bn​) for all nnn, the form the next paragraph of the page uses. This identity is a hypothesis of milestone 4, as on the page, and cannot be dropped: a law tail equivalent to FFF may carry extra atoms of vanishing relative mass, at which (12a) and (12b) fail.
  • The page identifies the limit of the gap ratios as the scale constant AAA of a functional equation; milestone 4 states it as epce^{pc}epc, the gap ratio of the jumps of Πp,c\Pi_{p,c}Πp,c​.
  • Theorem 5 prints "distribution fuction"; this typo is kept in the quoted text only.

No statement is trivialized: Dr(Πp,c)D_r(\Pi_{p,c})Dr​(Πp,c​) is nonempty (the geometric law on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} lies in Dr(Πp,0)D_r(\Pi_{p,0})Dr​(Πp,0​)), and Theorem 5 is not a definitional unfolding, since DrD_rDr​ is defined by weak convergence and the right-hand side by discrete approximation.

A complete development needs: weak convergence of distribution functions at continuity points, a convergence-of-types lemma on a half line (the Remark after Lemma 1 of the paper, p. 795), and elementary facts on step functions. The first two are reusable across the whole paper and across extreme-value theory. Contributions of either half of the theorem, or of the convergence-of-types lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. A. Balkema, L. de Haan, Residual Life Time at Great Age, The Annals of Probability 2 (1974), no. 5, 792–804. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996548
  • J. Pickands III, Statistical Inference Using Extreme Order Statistics, The Annals of Statistics 3 (1975), 119–131. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343003
  • B. V. Gnedenko, Sur la distribution limite du terme maximum d'une série aléatoire, Annals of Mathematics 44 (1943), 423–453. https://doi.org/10.2307/1968974
  • L. de Haan, On Regular Variation and Its Application to the Weak Convergence of Sample Extremes, Mathematical Centre Tracts 32, Amsterdam, 1970.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMachine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Calibration: The Regret-Balancing Randomised Forecast on the Grid {0, 1/k, …, 1} with k ≥ 1/ε² Is ε-Calibrated against Every Adaptive NatureResearch Paper

Motivation

A probability forecast is useful only when its stated frequencies bear a stable relation to outcomes. If a forecaster repeatedly announces a 70% chance of rain, calibration asks whether rain occurs on about 70% of those days. This is a minimal reliability requirement for probabilistic prediction, even though calibration alone does not rank every pair of forecasts by usefulness. Foster and Vohra study the difficulty of obtaining this property when the weather sequence is chosen in response to a forecaster's past behavior. A deterministic rule can be forced into a persistent calibration error; the article shows how randomized forecasts evade that obstruction when Nature sees past forecasts but cannot see the current random draw. Foster and Vohra, 1998.

The work sits at an intersection of sequential probability forecasting and repeated games. Its opponent can adapt to the whole observed history, including the forecaster's earlier random outcomes. The simultaneity of each round matters: before choosing that round's wet or dry outcome, Nature knows the distribution of the next forecast but not which forecast is realized. The paper's main result is about a specified forecasting rule constructed from regret balances, rather than merely the existence of some successful randomized strategy. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §§3, 5.

Timeline. Dawid (1982) proposed calibration as a criterion for sequential probability forecasts and showed that a coherent Bayesian expects to be calibrated (doi). Oakes (1985), with Dawid's accompanying comment, showed that no deterministic forecaster is calibrated against every outcome sequence: Nature may rain exactly when the forecast is at most 1/21/21/2 (doi). Foster and Vohra circulated the present randomized construction from 1994 (received August 1994, published 1998); their 1997 Games and Economic Behavior paper used a calibrated forecaster built on the same pairwise-regret flow equations to reach correlated equilibria (doi). Hart and Mas-Colell (2000) later turned the same internal-regret quantities into regret matching (doi).

Setting

At round sss, the outcome XsX_sXs​ is 111 for wet and 000 for dry. The forecaster selects a probability from the finite grid Gk={0,1/k,…,1}G_k=\{0,1/k,\ldots,1\}Gk​={0,1/k,…,1}, where kkk is a positive integer. A forecast ppp is represented by the binary probability vector (1−p,p)(1-p,p)(1−p,p); the second coordinate is the forecast chance of rain. The forecaster chooses i/ki/ki/k with probability μsi\mu_s^iμsi​. The Brier loss of that possible forecast is Lsi=(Xs−i/k)2L_s^i=(X_s-i/k)^2Lsi​=(Xs​−i/k)2.

After ttt rounds, nt(p)n_t(p)nt​(p) counts the realized forecasts equal to ppp, and ρt(p)\rho_t(p)ρt​(p) is the observed fraction of wet outcomes on those rounds. The quadratic calibration score is

Ct=∑p∈Gknt(p)t(ρt(p)−p)2.C_t=\sum_{p\in G_k}\frac{n_t(p)}{t}\bigl(\rho_t(p)-p\bigr)^2.Ct​=p∈Gk​∑​tnt​(p)​(ρt​(p)−p)2.

A forecast never issued has zero count and contributes zero. The paper also uses a weighted calibration score C~t\widetilde C_tCt​, in which the realized indicator that i/ki/ki/k was chosen is replaced by its conditional probability μsi\mu_s^iμsi​. Its weighted count is n~t(i/k)=∑s<tμsi\widetilde n_t(i/k)=\sum_{s<t}\mu_s^int​(i/k)=∑s<t​μsi​, and its weighted wet frequency is ρ~t(i/k)=∑s<tμsiXs/n~t(i/k)\widetilde\rho_t(i/k)=\sum_{s<t}\mu_s^i X_s/\widetilde n_t(i/k)ρ​t​(i/k)=∑s<t​μsi​Xs​/nt​(i/k) when the denominator is positive.

For grid points i/ki/ki/k and j/kj/kj/k, the pairwise regret Rti→jR_t^{i\to j}Rti→j​ is the positive part of the cumulative weighted reduction in Brier loss that would result from replacing i/ki/ki/k by j/kj/kj/k on rounds weighted by μsi\mu_s^iμsi​. The algorithm chooses its next distribution so that the regret flow out of each iii equals the flow into iii:

μsi∑jRs−1i→j=∑jμsjRs−1j→i.\mu_s^i\sum_j R_{s-1}^{i\to j} =\sum_j\mu_s^j R_{s-1}^{j\to i}.μsi​j∑​Rs−1i→j​=j∑​μsj​Rs−1j→i​.

These equations use only regret from previous rounds. They specify a distribution after every possible history, including histories created by Nature's adaptive choices. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §5.

Formalization targets

Main theorem

The target is Theorem 1: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, choose k≥1/ε2k\ge1/\varepsilon^2k≥1/ε2 and let the forecaster follow the regret-flow equations. Against every adaptive Nature, the realized score eventually satisfies

Pr⁡{Ct<ε}>1−ε.\Pr\{C_t<\varepsilon\}>1-\varepsilon.Pr{Ct​<ε}>1−ε.

The time after which the inequality holds may depend on the forecaster, Nature, and ε\varepsilonε. The statement fixes the algorithm and the grid scale; a general existence theorem would leave out its central content. Foster and Vohra, 1998, Theorem 1 and §6 Corollary.

Supporting targets

The milestones record the source's attack path: solvability of the flow equations, a history-adapted forecaster satisfying them, the counting-process bounds and convergence of Ct−C~tC_t-\widetilde C_tCt​−Ct​ in probability, the algebraic link between calibration and regret, the bound on the smoothed regret potential, and the deterministic bound on C~t\widetilde C_tCt​. Theorem 3's last constant is written as (k+1)/(2δ)(k+1)/(2\delta)(k+1)/(2δ) and the corollary's horizon as 8k2/ε28k^2/\varepsilon^28k2/ε2; the printed constants are inconsistent with the paper's k+1k+1k+1 grid points and its derived rate, respectively. The provenance and corrections are recorded with those milestones. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §6.

Significance

The result gives a concrete randomized forecaster whose realized empirical frequencies remain reliable even when outcomes react to past forecasts. The game model includes fixed outcome sequences as a special case, but its adaptive Nature can condition future choices on every earlier realized forecast and outcome. The theorem therefore identifies a particular sequential rule, its finite forecast grid, and the information boundary under which its guarantee holds. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §§3, 5–6.

The published Foster–Vohra 1997 formalization already supplies reusable definitions of finite probability vectors, history laws, pairwise regret, and calibration scores, together with a proved finite flow-conservation theorem. This mission extends that substrate to the 1998 paper's Brier-loss grid algorithm. Theorem 1 and its supporting results are proved on paper but not yet formalized; the earlier formal existence theorem for some calibrated forecaster does not establish this algorithm's guarantee, which is the content of the goal.

Difficulty

The weighted score C~t\widetilde C_tCt​ is controlled by quantities known from the chosen mixtures, while CtC_tCt​ depends on the actual random draws. A direct deterministic bound on CtC_tCt​ therefore does not follow from the regret equations. The gap requires a quantitative comparison of realized counts and weighted counts under an adaptive history law, followed by a passage from those count errors to the nonlinear calibration score. The regret itself has a positive-part kink, so its aggregate bound is stated through the paper's smoothed potential. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §6.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses binary outcomes, k+1k+1k+1 grid indices Fin (k + 1), and histories ordered from oldest to newest. Rounds start at index 000: the paper's Rs−1R_{s-1}Rs−1​ in round sss is the regret over the preceding sss indices. Forecast and outcome are drawn independently conditional on the past by the published histLaw; Nature is any map from complete past histories to a probability distribution on the two outcomes. The forecast rule is likewise a map from histories to grid distributions. For each earlier round it reads only that round's prefix, so the current outcome cannot influence its mixture.

The goal uses the realized quadratic score calibScore2Hj h 1, whose second vector coordinate is the wet probability. The map i↦(1−i/k,i/k)i\mapsto(1-i/k,i/k)i↦(1−i/k,i/k) is injective for k>0k>0k>0. The weighted score is a separate definition used in supporting results. A forecaster satisfying the flow equations is shown to exist by a milestone, so the goal's algorithm hypothesis has content. The statement covers adaptive Nature; replacing Nature by a fixed sequence or replacing CtC_tCt​ by C~t\widetilde C_tCt​ would change the claim.

Every theorem requiring the grid has the explicit k>0k>0k>0 condition. Deterministic calibration bounds assume binary outcomes and probability-vector weights; the history-law theorems obtain these properties from Fin 2 and PMF. When a weighted count is zero, Lean's division convention gives weighted wet frequency 000; nonnegative weights make its numerator zero as well. At horizon 000, the weighted calibration score is 000. The probability event is measured with the history law's outer measure in R≥0∪{∞}\mathbb R_{\ge0}\cup\{\infty\}R≥0​∪{∞}. Reusable work includes finite-history martingale estimates, weighted calibration comparisons, and finite regret-potential bounds.

Selected references

  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Asymptotic calibration, Biometrika 85(2):379–390, 1998. DOI: 10.1093/biomet/85.2.379.
  • A. P. Dawid, The well-calibrated Bayesian, Journal of the American Statistical Association 77:605–613, 1982. DOI: 10.1080/01621459.1982.10477856.
  • D. Oakes, Self-calibrating priors do not exist, Journal of the American Statistical Association 80:339, 1985, with comments by A. P. Dawid (pp. 340–341) and M. Schervish (pp. 341–342). DOI: 10.1080/01621459.1985.10478117.
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated learning and correlated equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21:40–55, 1997. DOI: 10.1006/game.1997.0595.
  • D. Blackwell, An analog of the minimax theorem for vector payoffs, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 6:1–8, 1956. DOI: 10.2140/pjm.1956.6.1.
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A simple adaptive procedure leading to correlated equilibrium, Econometrica 68:1127–1150, 2000. DOI: 10.1111/1468-0262.00153.
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-armed Bandits and the Gittins Index: With Per-Project Horizons the Maximal M-Process Reward Is K − ∫_M^K ∏ᵢ ∂φᵢ/∂m dm and the Gittins Index Rule Attains ItResearch Paper

Motivation

The multi-armed bandit problem asks how to allocate effort sequentially among NNN independent projects, only one of which can be worked on at a time, so as to maximise expected total discounted reward. It is the model behind research planning, clinical-trial allocation and job scheduling, and it is the prototypical example of a Markov decision problem whose state space grows exponentially in NNN yet whose optimal policy is simple. Gittins and Jones (1974) and Gittins (1979) showed that each project can be given an index computed from that project alone, and that it is optimal always to engage a project of largest index. P. Whittle's 1980 paper gave a short proof of this theorem by attaching a retirement option to the process, and extended it to projects with individual horizons.

Timeline:

  • 1974–1979. Gittins and Jones introduce the dynamic allocation index; Gittins (1979, JRSS B) proves its optimality by an interchange argument.
  • 1980. Whittle (JRSS B 42, 143–149) introduces the MMM-process, proves the finite-horizon formula (Theorem 1 below), derives the infinite-horizon identity (12), and extends the result to superprocesses (Theorem 2).
  • 1980s–2010s. Weber (1992) and Tsitsiklis (1994) give further short proofs; the index theory is collected in Gittins, Glazebrook and Weber, Multi-armed Bandit Allocation Indices (Wiley, 2011).

Setting

There are NNN projects. Project iii has a state xix_ixi​ in a measurable space XiX_iXi​. Engaging project iii in state xix_ixi​ earns the expected reward Ri(xi)R_i(x_i)Ri​(xi​) and moves its state by a Markov kernel PiP_iPi​; the other projects' states do not change. Rewards are discounted by β\betaβ, 0≤β<10 \le \beta < 10≤β<1, and bounded:

k(1−β)≤Ri(xi)≤K(1−β).(1)k(1-\beta) \le R_i(x_i) \le K(1-\beta). \qquad (1)k(1−β)≤Ri​(xi​)≤K(1−β).(1)

The operator Liθ(x)=Ri(xi)+β E[θ(x(t+1))∣x(t)=x,i(t)=i]L_i\theta(x) = R_i(x_i) + \beta\,\mathbb E[\theta(x(t+1)) \mid x(t) = x, i(t) = i]Li​θ(x)=Ri​(xi​)+βE[θ(x(t+1))∣x(t)=x,i(t)=i] evaluates engaging project iii for one step.

In the MMM-process one may also retire at any time for the reward MMM. Its value F(x,M)F(x, M)F(x,M) solves F=max⁡(M,max⁡iLiF)F = \max(M, \max_i L_i F)F=max(M,maxi​Li​F) (4), and the value φi(xi,M)\varphi_i(x_i, M)φi​(xi​,M) of the single-project MMM-process solves φi=max⁡(M,Liφi)\varphi_i = \max(M, L_i\varphi_i)φi​=max(M,Li​φi​) (9).

With per-project horizons, project iii may be operated at most sis_isi​ more times. A project with si>0s_i > 0si​>0 is active, and DisD_i sDi​s lowers sis_isi​ by one. The single-project value φi(xi,si,M)\varphi_i(x_i, s_i, M)φi​(xi​,si​,M) satisfies φi(xi,0,M)=M\varphi_i(x_i, 0, M) = Mφi​(xi​,0,M)=M and

φi(xi,si,M)=max⁡[M, Ri(xi)+β E φi(xi(t+1),si−1,M)].(14)\varphi_i(x_i, s_i, M) = \max\big[M,\ R_i(x_i) + \beta\,\mathbb E\,\varphi_i(x_i(t+1), s_i - 1, M)\big]. \qquad (14)φi​(xi​,si​,M)=max[M, Ri​(xi​)+βEφi​(xi​(t+1),si​−1,M)].(14)

F(x,s,M)F(x, s, M)F(x,s,M) is the maximal expected reward of the MMM-process under these limits. The index Mi(xi,si)M_i(x_i, s_i)Mi​(xi​,si​) is the infimal MMM with φi(xi,si,M)=M\varphi_i(x_i, s_i, M) = Mφi​(xi​,si​,M)=M, and vi=(1−β)Miv_i = (1-\beta)M_ivi​=(1−β)Mi​ is the Gittins index. Finally

F^(x,s,M)=K−∫MK∏i∂φi(xi,si,m)∂m dm.(13)\hat F(x, s, M) = K - \int_M^K \prod_i \frac{\partial \varphi_i(x_i, s_i, m)}{\partial m}\, dm. \qquad (13)F^(x,s,M)=K−∫MK​i∏​∂m∂φi​(xi​,si​,m)​dm.(13)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 147)

F(x,s,M)=F^(x,s,M),F(x, s, M) = \hat F(x, s, M),F(x,s,M)=F^(x,s,M),

and FFF is attained by the policy that, at (x,s)(x, s)(x,s), engages a project iii maximising Mi(xi,si)M_i(x_i, s_i)Mi​(xi​,si​) when this maximum exceeds MMM, and otherwise retires. The Lean goal has three conjuncts: F=F^F = \hat FF=F^, every measurable index rule (any tie-breaking) earns FFF, and no feasible measurable Markov policy earns more than FFF.

Milestones (the steps of the proof)

  • Lemma 1 (p. 144): F(x,M)F(x, M)F(x,M) is non-decreasing and convex in MMM, equals Φ(x)\Phi(x)Φ(x) for M≤kM \le kM≤k and MMM for M≥KM \ge KM≥K.
  • (18) (p. 147): Pi(x,s,M)=∏j≠i∂φj/∂MP_i(x,s,M) = \prod_{j \ne i}\partial\varphi_j/\partial MPi​(x,s,M)=∏j=i​∂φj​/∂M is a distribution function in MMM, equal to 111 for M≥M(i)=max⁡j≠iMjM \ge M_{(i)} = \max_{j\ne i} M_jM≥M(i)​=maxj=i​Mj​.
  • (19) (p. 147): F^=φiPi+∫M∞φi dmPi\hat F = \varphi_i P_i + \int_M^\infty \varphi_i\, d_m P_iF^=φi​Pi​+∫M∞​φi​dm​Pi​.
  • (21) (p. 148): F^≥LiF^\hat F \ge L_i\hat FF^≥Li​F^, with equality if Mi=max⁡jMj≥MM_i = \max_j M_j \ge MMi​=maxj​Mj​≥M.
  • Retirement case (p. 148): if max⁡jMj≤M\max_j M_j \le Mmaxj​Mj​≤M then F^=M\hat F = MF^=M.
  • (16) (p. 147): F^=max⁡(M,max⁡iLiF^)\hat F = \max(M, \max_i L_i\hat F)F^=max(M,maxi​Li​F^) and F^(x,0,M)=M\hat F(x, 0, M) = MF^(x,0,M)=M.

Further item

  • Infinite horizon (p. 148, formula (12) of p. 146): F(x,M)=K−∫MK∏i∂φi(xi,m)/∂m dmF(x, M) = K - \int_M^K \prod_i \partial\varphi_i(x_i, m)/\partial m\, dmF(x,M)=K−∫MK​∏i​∂φi​(xi​,m)/∂mdm, with the index rule optimal.

Significance

Theorem 1 reduces an NNN-project problem, whose state space is a product, to NNN one-dimensional retirement problems. The formula (13) shows more than optimality of the index rule: the derivative of the multi-project value in MMM is the product of the single-project derivatives, so the multi-project value is computable from the projects separately. The finite-horizon version gives an inductive argument that avoids the interchange arguments of earlier proofs, and the infinite-horizon identity (12) follows from it.

The result is classical and proved. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version in a generality not yet on the platform: heterogeneous projects (each with its own kernel and reward on its own measurable space), a retirement option, and per-project horizons. The platform already has a proved index theorem for identical arms sharing one kernel and reward without retirement, BanditAlgorithm.gittins_index_theorem (Lattimore–Szepesvári, Theorem 35.9), single-arm retirement values in charge form (GittinsFiniteRetirementValue), and open Beta–Bernoulli special cases from Bäuerle–Rieder (MDPFinance.InfiniteHorizonApplications.proposition_7_6_7, proposition_7_6_9, theorem_7_6_10). None of these states Theorem 1, formula (13) or formula (12).

Difficulty

The obvious approach, value iteration on the product state space, gives existence of an optimal policy but says nothing about its structure. The content of Theorem 1 lies in the identity of a multi-dimensional value with an integral of a product of one-dimensional derivatives. Verifying it requires differentiating single-project values in MMM (they are convex, but have a kink exactly at the index, where the choice of one-sided derivative matters), an integration by parts against a Stieltjes measure in MMM, and an exchange of the expectation over the next state with the MMM-integral. The exhausted projects (si=0s_i = 0si​=0) and the boundary M=MiM = M_iM=Mi​ need separate care in every step.

Formalization scope

  • Projects are indexed by Fin N (0-based; the paper uses 1,…,N1, \dots, N1,…,N). State spaces are arbitrary measurable spaces; no finiteness or countability is assumed. Kernels are Markov, rewards measurable and bounded as in (1), and 0≤β<10 \le \beta < 10≤β<1 (β = 0 is allowed). kkk and KKK are any constants satisfying (1).
  • Budgets are s : Fin N → ℕ; DisD_i sDi​s is Function.update s i (s i - 1) and is only applied to active projects.
  • F(x,s,M)F(x, s, M)F(x,s,M), the "maximal reward", is the backward-induction value: F(x,0,M)=MF(x, 0, M) = MF(x,0,M)=M and F=max⁡(M,max⁡i activeLiF)F = \max(M, \max_{i\ \text{active}} L_iF)F=max(M,maxi active​Li​F), defined by recursion on ∑isi\sum_i s_i∑i​si​. It is not defined through F^\hat FF^, the index, or a policy. φi(xi,si,M)\varphi_i(x_i, s_i, M)φi​(xi​,si​,M) is defined by (14) with φi(xi,0,M)=M\varphi_i(x_i, 0, M) = Mφi​(xi​,0,M)=M.
  • ∂/∂m\partial/\partial m∂/∂m is the right derivative. Since the φi\varphi_iφi​ are convex in mmm, this changes (13) at no point, and it makes (18) hold at the kink M=M(i)M = M_{(i)}M=M(i)​.
  • The index of an exhausted project is the paper's −∞-\infty−∞. In Lean index takes the junk value 0 there; every use (the index rule, M(i)M_{(i)}M(i)​, max⁡jMj\max_j M_jmaxj​Mj​) ranges over active projects only.
  • Policies are Markov in (x,s,M)(x, s, M)(x,s,M), valued in Option (Fin N) (none = retire), feasible (they engage only active projects) and measurable (each decision set is measurable), so that their expected rewards are well defined. The index rule allows arbitrary tie-breaking; the goal quantifies over every such rule.
  • Infinite-horizon values (Lemma 1, the further item) are any bounded measurable solutions of (2), (4), (9); such solutions exist and are unique by the contraction property.
  • (19) uses the Stieltjes measure of any monotone right-continuous function agreeing with PiP_iPi​, and integrates over m>Mm > Mm>M.
  • Trivializing formalizations are excluded: FFF is not F^\hat FF^ by definition, exhausted projects cannot be engaged by the index rule, and maxima over iii are seeded with MMM rather than taken as a junk real supremum.

A complete development needs measurability of the recursive values, convexity of φi\varphi_iφi​ in MMM with one-sided derivatives, Lebesgue–Stieltjes integration by parts, and Fubini for kernels. Convexity of finite-horizon retirement values and the integration-by-parts identity are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, and sorry-free lemmas on these ingredients, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Whittle, Multi-armed Bandits and the Gittins Index, J. R. Statist. Soc. B 42(2), 143–149, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1980.tb01111.x
  • J. C. Gittins, Bandit Processes and Dynamic Allocation Indices, J. R. Statist. Soc. B 41(2), 148–177, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1979.tb01068.x
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36(1), 226–235, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • J. Gittins, K. Glazebrook, R. Weber, Multi-armed Bandit Allocation Indices, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470980033
  • T. Lattimore, Cs. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020, Chapter 35. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Negative Dynamic Programming IV: Switching at Each Stage to the Policy with the Better Continuation Return Does at Least as Well as Both PoliciesResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy improvement is one of the two classical ways of solving a Markov decision problem: start from a policy, compute its return, and change the decision wherever another action looks better against that return. Howard (1960, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes) introduced it for finite state and action spaces, and Blackwell (1965) proved it for discounted problems on Borel spaces. A related routine combines two given policies instead of improving one: at each state, follow whichever policy has the larger return there. Eaton and Zadeh (1962, J. Basic Eng. Ser. D 84, 23–29) proved that this combination of two stationary policies is at least as good as both in the negative case with finite state and action spaces (as credited on p. 889 of Strauch's paper).

Strauch's paper Negative Dynamic Programming (Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966) 871–890) treats the negative case: all one-stage returns are non-positive (costs) and there is no discounting. This case covers stochastic shortest-path and optimal-stopping problems with positive costs, where expected total returns may be −∞-\infty−∞ and the contraction arguments of the discounted case are not available. Section 9 of the paper shows that both improvement routines remain valid there, for arbitrary randomized history-dependent policies on Borel spaces, and that they fail in the positive case (Examples 4.2 and 9.1 of the paper).

Timeline:

  • 1960, Howard: policy iteration for finite state and action spaces.
  • 1962, Eaton and Zadeh: the two-policy combination for finite negative problems.
  • 1965, Blackwell: both routines for discounted problems with Borel state and action spaces.
  • 1966, Strauch, §9: Howard's routine (Theorem 9.2), the history-dependent switching theorem (Theorem 9.3) and its Markov and stationary forms (Corollaries 9.1, 9.2) in the negative case on Borel spaces.

Setting

The state space SSS and the action space AAA are non-empty Borel sets. The law of motion q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) is a probability kernel from S×AS\times AS×A to SSS, and the return r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t) is a Borel function with −∞<r≤0-\infty<r\le 0−∞<r≤0 whose one-step expectation ∫r(s,a,t) q(dt∣s,a)\int r(s,a,t)\,q(dt\mid s,a)∫r(s,a,t)q(dt∣s,a) is finite at every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). There is no discounting (β=1\beta=1β=1).

A policy π=(π1,π2,… )\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\dots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) chooses the nnn-th action ana_nan​ from a probability kernel πn(⋅∣h)\pi_n(\cdot\mid h)πn​(⋅∣h) that may depend on the whole history h=(s1,a1,…,an−1,sn)h=(s_1,a_1,\dots,a_{n-1},s_n)h=(s1​,a1​,…,an−1​,sn​). The expected return from the initial state sss is

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞π1q⋯πnqr (s)∈[−∞,0],I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\pi_1q\cdots\pi_nqr\,(s)\in[-\infty,0],I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​π1​q⋯πn​qr(s)∈[−∞,0],

the sum of the expected one-stage returns. For a terminal reward w≤0w\le 0w≤0 that depends on the history (s1,a1,…,sn+1)(s_1,a_1,\dots,s_{n+1})(s1​,a1​,…,sn+1​), In(π,w)I_n(\pi,w)In​(π,w) is the expected return of following π\piπ for nnn stages and then receiving www.

Given two policies σ\sigmaσ and τ\tauτ, their continuation returns at a history h=(s1,…,sn)h=(s_1,\dots,s_n)h=(s1​,…,sn​) are

un(h)=∑j=n∞σnq⋯σjqr (h),vn(h)=∑j=n∞τnq⋯τjqr (h),u_n(h)=\sum_{j=n}^{\infty}\sigma_nq\cdots\sigma_jqr\,(h),\qquad v_n(h)=\sum_{j=n}^{\infty}\tau_nq\cdots\tau_jqr\,(h),un​(h)=j=n∑∞​σn​q⋯σj​qr(h),vn​(h)=j=n∑∞​τn​q⋯τj​qr(h),

the expected returns from stage nnn on if σ\sigmaσ, respectively τ\tauτ, is used from hhh on with its own kernels fed the full history. The switching policy π\piπ uses σn\sigma_nσn​ on Bn={un>vn}B_n=\{u_n>v_n\}Bn​={un​>vn​} and τn\tau_nτn​ on its complement. In Lean these objects are contReturn, IsSwitch, wmax (for wn=max⁡(un,vn)w_n=\max(u_n,v_n)wn​=max(un​,vn​)), InH (for In(π,w)I_n(\pi,w)In​(π,w)) and I, in the namespace NegativeDP.Switching.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.3 (negative case)

For all policies σ,τ\sigma,\tauσ,τ, the switching rule defines a policy π\piπ, and every such π\piπ satisfies

I(π)≥max⁡(I(σ),I(τ))at every initial state.I(\pi)\ge\max\big(I(\sigma),I(\tau)\big)\quad\text{at every initial state.}I(π)≥max(I(σ),I(τ))at every initial state.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 9.3, p. 888)

With wn=max⁡(un,vn)w_n=\max(u_n,v_n)wn​=max(un​,vn​) and π\piπ the switching policy:

I0(π,w1)=w1=max⁡(I(σ),I(τ)),I_0(\pi,w_1)=w_1=\max(I(\sigma),I(\tau)),I0​(π,w1​)=w1​=max(I(σ),I(τ)), wn=πn(r+un+1) on Bn,wn=πn(r+vn+1) on Bnc,w_n=\pi_n(r+u_{n+1})\text{ on }B_n,\qquad w_n=\pi_n(r+v_{n+1})\text{ on }B_n^c,wn​=πn​(r+un+1​) on Bn​,wn​=πn​(r+vn+1​) on Bnc​, wn≤πn(r+wn+1),In−1(π,wn)≤In(π,wn+1),In−1(π,wn)≥max⁡(I(σ),I(τ)).w_n\le\pi_n(r+w_{n+1}),\qquad I_{n-1}(\pi,w_n)\le I_n(\pi,w_{n+1}),\qquad I_{n-1}(\pi,w_n)\ge\max(I(\sigma),I(\tau)).wn​≤πn​(r+wn+1​),In−1​(π,wn​)≤In​(π,wn+1​),In−1​(π,wn​)≥max(I(σ),I(τ)).

Further results (not milestones)

Theorem 9.2 (Howard): if I(f,π)≥I(π)I(f,\pi)\ge I(\pi)I(f,π)≥I(π) then I(f(∞))≥I(π)I(f^{(\infty)})\ge I(\pi)I(f(∞))≥I(π). Corollary 9.1: the switching theorem for Markov policies, comparing I(n−1σ)I(^{n-1}\sigma)I(n−1σ) and I(n−1τ)I(^{n-1}\tau)I(n−1τ) at the current state. Corollary 9.2 (Eaton–Zadeh): for stationary f(∞),g(∞)f^{(\infty)},g^{(\infty)}f(∞),g(∞), the rule h=fh=fh=f where I(f(∞))≥I(g(∞))I(f^{(\infty)})\ge I(g^{(\infty)})I(f(∞))≥I(g(∞)) and h=gh=gh=g elsewhere satisfies I(h(∞))≥max⁡(I(f(∞)),I(g(∞)))I(h^{(\infty)})\ge\max(I(f^{(\infty)}),I(g^{(\infty)}))I(h(∞))≥max(I(f(∞)),I(g(∞))).

Significance

Theorem 9.3 yields an improvement step that needs only the returns of two policies, not an optimality equation or a value function. Its Markov and stationary forms give policy-combination results usable for stochastic shortest-path and positive-cost problems, and together with Theorem 9.2 they justify policy-iteration schemes in the negative case on general state spaces. Example 9.1 of the paper shows that no comparable routine exists in the positive case, so the sign assumption is essential.

The results are proved in the paper. No machine-checked version of any of them exists, for the negative case or on Borel spaces; the related items on Prove2Me treat finite or discounted models. This mission produces the statements in Lean over Blackwell's published model of history-dependent plans, a construction of continuation returns from an arbitrary history, and terminal rewards that depend on the whole history.

Difficulty

The argument of the discounted case, which passes to the limit through the vanishing tail βnwn\beta^n w_nβnwn​, is not available: with β=1\beta=1β=1 the terminal term does not vanish, and returns may be −∞-\infty−∞. Comparing unu_nun​ and vnv_nvn​ at the current state only is not enough either: for history-dependent policies the continuation returns depend on the whole history, and the switching set BnB_nBn​ must be shown to be Borel in the history before the switching rule is even a policy. The induction also requires integrating extended-real terminal rewards against the history law and identifying the integral of the one-step operator with the next-stage expected return.

Formalization scope

  • Borel sets are non-empty standard Borel types; Baire functions are measurable functions. Policies are Blackwell's DiscountedDP.Stationary.Plan (one Markov kernel per decision, on Hist S A n). Decisions are numbered from 000 in Lean, so Lean's index nnn is the paper's stage n+1n+1n+1.
  • Only the negative case is formalized (r≤0r\le0r≤0 real-valued, qqq-integrable at every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a), β=1\beta=1β=1). The paper states Theorem 9.3 for the discounted and negative cases; the discounted case is not part of this mission.
  • Returns lie in [−∞,0][-\infty,0][−∞,0] and are EReal values computed as minus the lintegral of the loss −r-r−r; Bochner integrals and toReal are never used, so a return of −∞-\infty−∞ is not silently turned into 000. I(π)I(\pi)I(π) is the sum of stage expectations, equal to eπρe_\pi\rhoeπ​ρ by monotone convergence.
  • Terminal rewards are read through their negative parts; they are applied only to wn≤0w_n\le 0wn​≤0.
  • The switching policy is characterized by the predicate IsSwitch, not constructed. A statement "every switching policy satisfies the bound" would hold vacuously if no plan satisfied the rule; the goal therefore also asserts that a switching plan exists, which is the content of the paper's "define π\piπ by". The same pattern is used in Corollaries 9.1 and 9.2 (the rule defines a measurable decision rule).
  • Ties un=vnu_n=v_nun​=vn​ go to τ\tauτ in Theorem 9.3, and I(n−1σ)=I(n−1τ)I(^{n-1}\sigma)=I(^{n-1}\tau)I(n−1σ)=I(n−1τ) to gng_ngn​ in Corollary 9.1 (strict >>> as printed); in Corollary 9.2 ties go to fff (non-strict ≥\ge≥ as printed).
  • Lemma 3.1 (In(π,0)↓I(π)I_n(\pi,0)\downarrow I(\pi)In​(π,0)↓I(π)), used in the last step of the proof, is posed in mission I of this series and not repeated here.

Contributions welcome: measurability of continuation returns in the history (needed for the existence part), the identification of the history law with the continuation law from the initial state, and a Chapman–Kolmogorov identity for the continuation kernels. These are reusable in any development on history-dependent policies over Borel spaces.

Selected references

  • R. E. Strauch, Negative Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(4) (1966) 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36(1) (1965) 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • J. H. Eaton and L. A. Zadeh, Optimal pursuit strategies in discrete-state probabilistic systems, J. Basic Eng. Ser. D 84 (1962) 23–29 (reference [7] of Strauch's paper).
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Negative Dynamic Programming I: With Non-Positive Rewards, If an Optimal Policy Exists Then an Optimal Stationary Policy ExistsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many sequential decision problems accumulate costs that are never recovered: inventory holding and shortage costs, waiting times, the expected number of steps until a target is reached. Written as rewards, these are non-positive rewards summed over an infinite horizon without discounting. Ralph Strauch's paper Negative Dynamic Programming (Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966), doi:10.1214/aoms/1177699369) is the foundational treatment of this negative case on general Borel state and action spaces. It complements Blackwell's treatment of the discounted case (Blackwell 1965) and of the positive bounded case (Blackwell 1964, mimeographed), and it sets out which conclusions of the discounted theory survive when rewards are non-positive and undiscounted.

A central question in that theory is how simple an optimal policy can be taken to be. A policy may in principle randomize and consult the entire past history. Strauch showed that in the negative case, whenever an optimal policy exists, an optimal stationary one exists, using one measurable decision rule at every stage. This mission formalizes that result together with the reduction from general policies to semi-Markov ones on which its proof rests.

Timeline. Blackwell (1965) proved that in the discounted case a stationary optimal policy exists whenever an optimal policy does, and gave an example showing that Markov policies need not suffice on Borel spaces. Strauch (1966) proved the corresponding statement for the negative case and proved that semi-Markov policies, which remember the initial state as well as the current one, are enough.

Setting

A negative dynamic programming problem consists of non-empty Borel sets SSS (states) and AAA (actions), a law of motion q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a), which is a probability kernel from S×AS\times AS×A to SSS, and a Borel return function r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t) with

r≤0,r>−∞,∫r(s,a,t) dq(t∣s,a)>−∞  for all (s,a).r\le 0,\qquad r>-\infty,\qquad \int r(s,a,t)\,dq(t\mid s,a)>-\infty\ \ \text{for all }(s,a).r≤0,r>−∞,∫r(s,a,t)dq(t∣s,a)>−∞  for all (s,a).

There is no discounting. A policy π=(π1,π2,… )\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\dots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) chooses the action ana_nan​ at stage nnn from a probability kernel πn(⋅∣hn)\pi_n(\cdot\mid h_n)πn​(⋅∣hn​), where hn=(s1,a1,…,an−1,sn)h_n=(s_1,a_1,\dots,a_{n-1},s_n)hn​=(s1​,a1​,…,an−1​,sn​) is the history. A policy is Markov if an=fn(sn)a_n=f_n(s_n)an​=fn​(sn​) for Borel maps fn:S→Af_n:S\to Afn​:S→A, semi-Markov if an=gn(s1,sn)a_n=g_n(s_1,s_n)an​=gn​(s1​,sn​) for Borel gng_ngn​, and stationary, written f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞), if an=f(sn)a_n=f(s_n)an​=f(sn​) for one Borel rule fff. Random Markov and random semi-Markov policies draw ana_nan​ from kernels in sns_nsn​, respectively (s1,sn)(s_1,s_n)(s1​,sn​).

The expected total return from the initial state sss is

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞Esπ r(sn,an,sn+1)∈[−∞,0],I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\mathbb E^{\pi}_{s}\,r(s_n,a_n,s_{n+1})\in[-\infty,0],I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​Esπ​r(sn​,an​,sn+1​)∈[−∞,0],

the optimal return is v∗(s)=sup⁡πI(π)(s)v^*(s)=\sup_\pi I(\pi)(s)v∗(s)=supπ​I(π)(s) over all policies, and π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal if I(π∗)(s)≥v∗(s)I(\pi^*)(s)\ge v^*(s)I(π∗)(s)≥v∗(s) for every sss. For a Borel rule fff, the operator TTT acts on non-positive Borel functions uuu by

Tu(s)=∫r(s,f(s),t)+u(t) dq(t∣s,f(s)).Tu(s)=\int r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)\,dq(t\mid s,f(s)).Tu(s)=∫r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)dq(t∣s,f(s)).

The namespace is NegativeDP.Stationary. The objects above are Problem, Plan, I, In, vstar, IsOptimal and T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.3 (negative case), p. 886

(∃ π∗  I(π∗)≥v∗) ⟹ ∃ f Borel,  I(f(∞))≥v∗.\big(\exists\,\pi^*\ \ I(\pi^*)\ge v^*\big)\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,f\ \text{Borel},\ \ I(f^{(\infty)})\ge v^* .(∃π∗  I(π∗)≥v∗) ⟹ ∃f Borel,  I(f(∞))≥v∗.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: for a kernel q(⋅∣x)q(\cdot\mid x)q(⋅∣x) and a Borel u≤0u\le 0u≤0 on X×YX\times YX×Y there is a Borel fff with u(x,f(x))≥∫u(x,y) dq(y∣x)u(x,f(x))\ge\int u(x,y)\,dq(y\mid x)u(x,f(x))≥∫u(x,y)dq(y∣x).
  2. Lemma 3.1 (N): In(π)↓I(π)I_n(\pi)\downarrow I(\pi)In​(π)↓I(π).
  3. Lemma 4.1 (a), (b): policies built from the conditional laws of ana_nan​ given (s1,sn)(s_1,s_n)(s1​,sn​), respectively given sns_nsn​ under an initial law ppp, reproduce the laws of (s1,sn,an,sn+1)(s_1,s_n,a_n,s_{n+1})(s1​,sn​,an​,sn+1​), respectively the ppp-averaged laws of (sn,an,sn+1)(s_n,a_n,s_{n+1})(sn​,an​,sn+1​).
  4. Theorem 4.1: for every policy π\piπ and initial law ppp there are a random semi-Markov π∗\pi^*π∗ and a random Markov π∗∗\pi^{**}π∗∗ with I(π)=I(π∗)I(\pi)=I(\pi^*)I(π)=I(π∗) and pI(π)=pI(π∗∗)pI(\pi)=pI(\pi^{**})pI(π)=pI(π∗∗) for every return function.
  5. Theorem 4.2 (N): if I(πnσ)≥I(σ)I(\pi^n\sigma)\ge I(\sigma)I(πnσ)≥I(σ) for all large nnn, then I(π)≥I(σ)I(\pi)\ge I(\sigma)I(π)≥I(σ).
  6. Theorem 4.3 (N): a semi-Markov τ\tauτ with I(τ)≥I(π)I(\tau)\ge I(\pi)I(τ)≥I(π) and a Markov σ\sigmaσ with pI(σ)≥pI(π)pI(\sigma)\ge pI(\pi)pI(σ)≥pI(π).
  7. Theorem 5.1 (N), parts (a)–(g): the properties of TTT, including TI(π)=I(f,π)TI(\pi)=I(f,\pi)TI(π)=I(f,π), TI(f(∞))=I(f(∞))=lim⁡nTn0TI(f^{(\infty)})=I(f^{(\infty)})=\lim_n T^n0TI(f(∞))=I(f(∞))=limn​Tn0 and In(π,v)=T1⋯TnvI_n(\pi,v)=T_1\cdots T_nvIn​(π,v)=T1​⋯Tn​v for Markov π\piπ.

Significance

Theorem 8.3 reduces a search over all randomized, history-dependent policies to a search over single measurable decision rules, whenever an optimal policy exists at all. It underlies policy iteration and the stationary-policy conclusions of the later negative-programming literature, and it shows that the negative case behaves like the discounted case on this point. In the positive case only a weaker statement holds. The reduction of §4 (Theorems 4.1–4.3) is reused throughout the paper: Theorem 8.1 on (p,ε)(p,\varepsilon)(p,ε)-optimal Markov policies starts from Theorem 4.3, and the value-iteration results of §9 use Lemma 3.1 and Theorem 5.1.

All results in this mission are proved in the paper. None of them has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The closest formal result is part 2 of Bertsekas's Proposition 7, formalized in an abstract monotone-mapping model (MonotoneDP.Increase.prop7_optimal_stationary_criterion). There, policies are sequences of selectors, so it contains neither the measure-theoretic reduction from randomized history-dependent policies nor Borel state spaces. The formal work here is to build the law of the controlled process on Borel spaces, carry out the conditional-distribution argument of Theorem 4.1, and combine it with the operator calculus of §5.

Difficulty

The obvious argument starts from an optimal π∗\pi^*π∗, takes its first decision rule fff, and shows that f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) is optimal. That fails for a general π∗\pi^*π∗, because its first action may be randomized and its later actions may depend on the entire history. One first needs Theorem 4.3, which says a non-random semi-Markov policy is at least as good. That theorem needs two things. One is Theorem 4.1, which replaces a history-dependent policy by one built from conditional distributions of actions, and this requires disintegration of measures on Borel spaces. The other is the measurable selection of Lemma 2.1, which the paper takes from Theorem 2 of Blackwell and Ryll-Nardzewski 1963, applied stage by stage, with Theorem 4.2 to pass to the limit. On Borel spaces Markov policies are not enough (Blackwell's example, Example 4.1 of the paper), so the semi-Markov step cannot be skipped. Returns can equal −∞-\infty−∞, and every limit exchange has to respect that.

Formalization scope

Borel sets are non-empty standard Borel types and Baire functions are measurable functions. The return rrr is real-valued, non-positive and integrable under q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). Returns live in the extended reals. I(π)I(\pi)I(π), In(π,v)I_n(\pi,v)In​(π,v), TTT and all integrals of non-positive functions are computed as minus lower Lebesgue integrals of the corresponding losses in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a return of −∞-\infty−∞ is never collapsed to 000. I(π)I(\pi)I(π) is the sum of stage expectations, which equals the paper's expectation of the total return by monotone convergence. v∗v^*v∗ is the supremum over every randomized history-dependent plan. Restricting it to Markov or stationary policies would make the goal weaker, and that encoding is ruled out. Only the negative case (r≤0r\le 0r≤0, β=1\beta=1β=1) is formalized. Results the paper labels "D, P, N" or "D, N" appear here in their N form.

Explicit choices:

  • Lean numbers decisions from 000. Hist S A n is the paper's Hn+1H_{n+1}Hn+1​ and the plan's kernel κ n is πn+1\pi_{n+1}πn+1​.
  • The objects π∗\pi^*π∗ and π∗∗\pi^{**}π∗∗ of Lemma 4.1 are defined in the paper's proof as conditional distributions. Here their defining property is a hypothesis: for every initial state, or after averaging over ppp, the joint law of (sn,an)(s_n,a_n)(sn​,an​) is the law of sns_nsn​ followed by the kernel.
  • In Theorem 4.1, "for any return function rrr" is a quantifier over every negative problem with the same law of motion, placed after the choice of π∗\pi^*π∗ and π∗∗\pi^{**}π∗∗.
  • In Theorem 5.1 (b), u+cu+cu+c is required to lie in M(S)M(S)M(S). In (d), the increasing part holds only on {sup⁡jTuj>−∞}\{\sup_jTu_j>-\infty\}{supj​Tuj​>−∞}.
  • In Theorem 5.1 (f), TTT is applied to I(π)I(\pi)I(π) for a general plan with no measurability hypothesis. The lower integral is defined for every function.

Infrastructure needed: the law of the controlled process (built here by iterated kernel composition, as in the published DiscountedDP.Stationary model), disintegration of kernels on standard Borel spaces, a measurable selection theorem of Blackwell–Ryll-Nardzewski type, and monotone convergence for lower integrals. The disintegration and selection results are reusable well beyond this paper. Contributions to Theorems 4.1 and 4.3 are especially welcome, since missions II–IV of this series build on them.

Selected references

  • R. E. Strauch, Negative Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(4) (1966) 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36(1) (1965) 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • D. Blackwell and C. Ryll-Nardzewski, Non-existence of everywhere proper conditional distributions, Ann. Math. Statist. 34(1) (1963) 223–225. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704259
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes I: Critical Rationing Levels z̄ₜ¹ ≥ ⋯ ≥ z̄ₜⁿ Give an Optimal Policy When Each aₜ Is 0 or 1Research Paper

Motivation

A firm that holds a single stock of a product often serves customers of different priority: military and civilian requisitions, contract and spot customers, emergency and routine orders for spare parts. When stock runs short, it must decide not only how much demand to satisfy but whose. Satisfying a low-priority order now may leave the firm unable to serve a high-priority order that arrives later in the same replenishment cycle. Inventory rationing asks for the optimal rule.

Veinott (Optimal policy in a dynamic, single product, nonstationary inventory model with several demand classes, Operations Research 13 (1965)) studied a model with nnn demand classes, but fixed in advance the rule that a lower class is served only when every higher class has been served in full, and gave conditions on the costs under which that rule is optimal. Topkis (Management Science 15 (1968), 160–176) dropped the fixed rule and characterized the optimal rationing policy within a replenishment period. Theorem 1 of that paper is the target of this mission. It extends the author's earlier two-class analysis; the two-class case was later partly rediscovered by Evans and by Kaplan. Critical-level rationing policies of this kind are a standard object in the later literature on multi-class inventory systems.

Setting

A period between two replenishments is divided into kkk intervals, indexed backwards: interval ttt has t−1t-1t−1 intervals after it, so the period starts in interval kkk and ends in interval 111. Demand comes in classes 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n, with class nnn the most important. At the start of interval ttt the firm holds stock z≥0z\ge0z≥0 and faces the outstanding demand vector B=(B1,…,Bn)≥0B=(B^1,\dots,B^n)\ge0B=(B1,…,Bn)≥0: the backlog bbb carried in plus the new demand dtd_tdt​, whose law μt\mu_tμt​ on [0,∞)n[0,\infty)^n[0,∞)n has finite means. Demands of different intervals are independent.

The firm chooses the vector uuu of demand left unsatisfied, with 0≤u≤B0\le u\le B0≤u≤B, so that w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0w=z-\mathbf 1\cdot(B-u)\ge0w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0 units remain in stock, where 1⋅y=∑jyj\mathbf 1\cdot y=\sum_j y^j1⋅y=∑j​yj. It pays the penalty pt⋅up_t\cdot upt​⋅u and the holding cost ht(w)h_t(w)ht​(w). A fraction at≥0a_t\ge0at​≥0 of the unsatisfied demand is carried into the next interval: bt−1=atub_{t-1}=a_tubt−1​=at​u, with at=1a_t=1at​=1 meaning complete backlogging and at=0a_t=0at​=0 lost sales. At the end of interval 111 the salvage cost v1(z)+v2(z−1⋅b)v_1(z)+v_2(z-\mathbf 1\cdot b)v1​(z)+v2​(z−1⋅b) is charged. The standing assumptions are:

  • (A) hth_tht​ is convex and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞);
  • (B) v1v_1v1​ is convex and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), v2v_2v2​ is convex and continuous on R\mathbb RR, and D+v2D^+v_2D+v2​ is bounded below, where D+D^+D+ is the right derivative;
  • (C) 0≤pt1≤⋯≤ptn0\le p_t^1\le\cdots\le p_t^n0≤pt1​≤⋯≤ptn​.

The minimal expected cost ftf_tft​ of the last ttt intervals and its expectation gtg_tgt​ satisfy

ft(z,B)=inf⁡0≤u≤Bw=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0[pt⋅u+ht(w)+gt−1(w,atu)],gt(z,b)=E ft(z,b+dt),f_t(z,B)=\inf_{\substack{0\le u\le B\\ w=z-\mathbf 1\cdot(B-u)\ge0}}\big[p_t\cdot u+h_t(w)+g_{t-1}(w,a_tu)\big],\qquad g_t(z,b)=\mathbb E\,f_t(z,b+d_t),ft​(z,B)=0≤u≤Bw=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0​inf​[pt​⋅u+ht​(w)+gt−1​(w,at​u)],gt​(z,b)=Eft​(z,b+dt​),

with g0(z,b)=v1(z)+v2(z−1⋅b)g_0(z,b)=v_1(z)+v_2(z-\mathbf 1\cdot b)g0​(z,b)=v1​(z)+v2​(z−1⋅b).

For a class jjj, with δj\delta_jδj​ its unit vector, the critical rationing level zˉtj∈[0,+∞]\bar z_t^j\in[0,+\infty]zˉtj​∈[0,+∞] is +∞+\infty+∞ if φtj(w)=ptjw+ht(w)+gt−1(w,atwδj)\varphi_t^j(w)=p_t^jw+h_t(w)+g_{t-1}(w,a_tw\delta_j)φtj​(w)=ptj​w+ht​(w)+gt−1​(w,at​wδj​) is strictly decreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and is the smallest minimizer of φtj\varphi_t^jφtj​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) otherwise. With B(j)=∑i≥jBiB^{(j)}=\sum_{i\ge j}B^iB(j)=∑i≥j​Bi, the rationing level policy leaves unsatisfied

uj=(B(j)−z+zˉtj)+∧Bj.u^j=\big(B^{(j)}-z+\bar z_t^j\big)^+\wedge B^j .uj=(B(j)−z+zˉtj​)+∧Bj.

In words: going down from class nnn, it serves as much of each class as it can without letting the stock fall below that class's critical level.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Suppose ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\}ai​∈{0,1} for every i≤ti\le ti≤t. Then

  1. the rationing level policy attains ft(z,B)f_t(z,B)ft​(z,B) for every z≥0z\ge0z≥0, B≥0B\ge0B≥0;
  2. the critical levels are ordered as
zˉt1≥zˉt2≥⋯≥zˉtn;\bar z_t^1\ge\bar z_t^2\ge\cdots\ge\bar z_t^n;zˉt1​≥zˉt2​≥⋯≥zˉtn​;
  1. for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the differences ft(z,B)−ft(z+ε,B+εδj)f_t(z,B)-f_t(z+\varepsilon,B+\varepsilon\delta_j)ft​(z,B)−ft​(z+ε,B+εδj​) and gt(z,b)−gt(z+ε,b+εδj)g_t(z,b)-g_t(z+\varepsilon,b+\varepsilon\delta_j)gt​(z,b)−gt​(z+ε,b+εδj​) do not depend on B1,…,BjB^1,\dots,B^jB1,…,Bj and b1,…,bjb^1,\dots,b^jb1,…,bj.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 1: the infimum of a convex function over one block of variables is convex.
  2. Lemma 2: gtg_tgt​ and ftf_tft​ are convex and continuous on the orthant, and the infimum in (1) is a minimum.
  3. The critical levels exist, so they are well defined.
  4. Lemma 3: moving ε\varepsilonε of demand from class iii to a less important class j<ij<ij<i does not raise ftf_tft​ or gtg_tgt​.
  5. (6): ft(z,B)=min⁡wft(w;z,B)f_t(z,B)=\min_wf_t(w;z,B)ft​(z,B)=minw​ft​(w;z,B), where ft(w;z,B)f_t(w;z,B)ft​(w;z,B) is the cost of issuing exactly z−wz-wz−w units.
  6. Lemma 4: for each www, serving the classes in order of importance is optimal.
  7. Corollary 1: some optimal uuu never serves a class before every more important class has been served in full.

A companion item states the paper's remark that with a linear ordering cost c(y)=c⋅yc(y)=c\cdot yc(y)=c⋅y the optimal order is y(z)=(y(0)−z)+y(z)=(y(0)-z)^+y(z)=(y(0)−z)+.

Significance

Theorem 1 reduces the nnn-dimensional rationing decision in each interval to nnn numbers, which are computed from one-dimensional convex minimizations. Under complete or no backlogging this is the structural result that the rest of the paper builds on: the monotonicity of the levels in time (Theorem 2), the reduction of the backlog case to a single-interval problem (Theorem 3), and the multi-period ordering policy (Theorem 4). The hypothesis on aia_iai​ is sharp in the sense the paper shows: for a2∈(0,1)a_2\in(0,1)a2​∈(0,1) an example on pp. 165–166 has no optimal policy of this form.

The theorem is proved in the paper, but no part of it is machine-checked. A formal development would contribute a reusable treatment of finite-horizon dynamic programs whose value function is defined by an infimum and an expectation over an orthant, with convexity and continuity propagated through the recursion. It would also contribute the comparative statics of critical-level policies.

Difficulty

The obvious argument proves optimality of the rationing level policy by induction from convexity alone. That is not enough. Convexity gives a one-dimensional problem in www (by (6) and Lemma 4). But identifying its minimizer with the class-wise critical levels requires the marginal value of class-jjj demand to be independent of the demand of the less important classes, which is part (c). Part (c) is false when 0<at<10<a_t<10<at​<1, so the induction must carry (a), (b) and (c) together and use at∈{0,1}a_t\in\{0,1\}at​∈{0,1} at every step. A second difficulty is analytic: ftf_tft​ is an infimum and gtg_tgt​ an expectation, and before any structural argument starts the value functions must be shown to be finite, attained, continuous and integrable on the closed orthant (Lemma 2).

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Classes are Fin n; the paper's class jjj is index j−1j-1j−1, so class nnn is the largest index and (b) is Antitone. Intervals are natural numbers counted backwards, as in the paper. Vectors are Fin n → ℝ with the pointwise order.
  • Value functions. ftf_tft​ is defined by the recursion (1) itself, with a real infimum (sInf), and gtg_tgt​ by a Bochner integral against μt\mu_tμt​. Every statement about ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​ is restricted to z≥0z\ge0z≥0 and B≥0B\ge0B≥0 (or b≥0b\ge0b≥0). Lemma 2's attainment and integrability conjuncts are what identify these values with the paper's.
  • Critical levels. The levels live in WithTop ℝ, with ⊤=+∞\top=+\infty⊤=+∞. They are specified by the predicate IsCriticalLevel: strictly decreasing for +∞+\infty+∞, smallest minimizer otherwise. They are never computed by a real sInf, which would give the junk value 000 when no minimizer exists.
  • Standing assumptions. (A)–(C) are imposed for 1≤t≤k1\le t\le k1≤t≤k. (B)'s limit condition is read as "D+v2D^+v_2D+v2​ is bounded below". D+D^+D+ is an extended-real right Dini derivative. Assumption (D) on the ordering cost is not used.
  • Added hypothesis. Lemma 1 adds the hypothesis that the function is bounded below on every fibre, because a real infimum cannot be −∞-\infty−∞.
  • Not stated. The paper's remark that Assumption (D) ensures an optimal order y(z)y(z)y(z) exists for a general continuous ccc is not formalized. With n=k=1n=k=1n=k=1, h1(w)=w2h_1(w)=w^2h1​(w)=w2, c(w)=w−w2c(w)=w-w^2c(w)=w−w2, p1=1p_1=1p1​=1, v1=v2=0v_1=v_2=0v1​=v2​=0 and demand 111 with certainty, (D) holds but c(y)+g1(y,0)=1−yc(y)+g_1(y,0)=1-yc(y)+g1​(y,0)=1−y for y≥1y\ge1y≥1, so no minimizer exists.
  • Ruled out. Theorem 1 is not proved by assuming Lemma 2, the shape of the optimal vector, or the paper's derivative formulas (8)–(9). Those appear only as milestones or not at all. Part (a) asserts optimality over all feasible uuu, not among rationing level policies.
  • Contributions welcome. Proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on convexity of partial infima and on continuity of parametric minima over polytopes, and integrability of functions of linear growth against laws with finite means.

Selected references

  • D. M. Topkis, Optimal ordering and rationing policies in a nonstationary dynamic inventory model with n demand classes, Management Science 15(3) (1968), 160–176. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.3.160
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., Optimal policy in a dynamic, single product, nonstationary inventory model with several demand classes, Operations Research 13(5) (1965), 761–778. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.13.5.761
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (convexity of partial minima, Theorem 5.7). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces XIII: The Sherrington–Kirkpatrick Model at High Temperature — Deviations of log Z_N from β²N/4Textbook

Motivation

The Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model assigns random interactions to every pair of spins in a system. Its partition function aggregates the weights of all spin configurations, and the logarithm of that partition function is the free energy. For a finite system, the free energy is a random quantity because the interactions are random. A useful question is therefore how far it can move from a deterministic high-temperature scale. Aizenman, Lebowitz and Ruelle (1987), and Comets and Neveu (1995) for Gaussian couplings, proved that for β<1\beta<1β<1 the variable log⁡ZN−β2N/4\log Z_N-\beta^2N/4logZN​−β2N/4 converges in law to a normal random variable ALR 1987; Talagrand asks instead for tail estimates valid for every NNN. Talagrand's Chapter 12 gives a finite-size tail bound and a bound on the expected free energy per site under explicit moment conditions on the interaction law Talagrand 1995.

The chapter belongs to a larger study of concentration inequalities on product spaces. Its relevance to the spin model is concrete: each pair interaction is an independent coordinate, while every spin configuration uses all those coordinates. The number of coordinates grows quadratically with the number of spins. A uniform estimate must respect both this growing dimension and the normalization in the energy Talagrand 1995, pp. 191–195.

Setting

Fix an integer N≥1N\ge1N≥1. A spin configuration is a vector ε=(εi)1≤i≤N\varepsilon=(\varepsilon_i)_{1\le i\le N}ε=(εi​)1≤i≤N​ with each εi∈{−1,1}\varepsilon_i\in\{-1,1\}εi​∈{−1,1}. Each unordered pair of sites i<ji<ji<j has a real coupling hijh_{ij}hij​. For an inverse temperature β>0\beta>0β>0, the normalized partition function is

ZN(h)=2−N∑ε∈{−1,1}Nexp⁡(βN∑1≤i<j≤Nhijεiεj).Z_N(h)=2^{-N}\sum_{\varepsilon\in\{-1,1\}^N} \exp\left(\frac{\beta}{\sqrt N}\sum_{1\le i<j\le N} h_{ij}\varepsilon_i\varepsilon_j\right).ZN​(h)=2−Nε∈{−1,1}N∑​exp​N​β​1≤i<j≤N∑​hij​εi​εj​​.

Write FN(h)=log⁡ZN(h)F_N(h)=\log Z_N(h)FN​(h)=logZN​(h). The factor 2−N2^{-N}2−N averages over configurations. Since every summand is positive, ZN(h)>0Z_N(h)>0ZN​(h)>0 for every array hhh, so this logarithm is defined without excluding any coupling array.

The couplings are independent with a common probability law ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR; their joint law is PN=ν⊗(N2)P_N=\nu^{\otimes\binom N2}PN​=ν⊗(2N​). Under ν\nuν, a single coupling HHH satisfies EH=EH3=0\mathbb EH=\mathbb EH^3=0EH=EH3=0 and EH2=1\mathbb EH^2=1EH2=1. The chapter also assumes Eeα∣H∣<∞\mathbb E e^{\alpha|H|}<\inftyEeα∣H∣<∞ for some α>0\alpha>0α>0. Its main theorem adds EeH<2\mathbb Ee^H<2EeH<2 and Ee−H<2\mathbb Ee^{-H}<2Ee−H<2. These inequalities describe a class of interaction laws rather than one chosen distribution. A median MNM_NMN​ of FNF_NFN​ means that both PN(FN≤MN)P_N(F_N\le M_N)PN​(FN​≤MN​) and PN(FN≥MN)P_N(F_N\ge M_N)PN​(FN​≥MN​) are at least 1/21/21/2 Talagrand 1995, pp. 191–193.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 12.1. There is one absolute constant K>0K>0K>0 such that, for 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1 and 0<t<N/K0<t<N/K0<t<N/K,

PN(∣FN−β2N4∣≥K(t+log⁡K1−β2)N)≤2e−t2,P_N\left(\left|F_N-\frac{\beta^2N}{4}\right|\ge K\left(t+\sqrt{\log\frac K{1-\beta^2}}\right)\sqrt N\right) \le 2e^{-t^2},PN​(​FN​−4β2N​​≥K(t+log1−β2K​​)N​)≤2e−t2,

and the same constant satisfies

−KNlog⁡21−β2≤1NEFN−β24≤KN.-\frac K{\sqrt N}\sqrt{\log\frac2{1-\beta^2}} \le \frac1N\mathbb EF_N-\frac{\beta^2}{4} \le \frac KN.−N​K​log1−β22​​≤N1​EFN​−4β2​≤NK​.

The first formula controls deviations at finite NNN; the second locates the expected free energy per site. The theorem leaves the absolute value of KKK unspecified, as the source does Talagrand 1995, Theorem 12.1.

Four numbered displays form the supporting targets. Equation (12.6) bounds the change in FNF_NFN​ when all couplings are changed. Equation (12.5) bounds deviations about any median. Equations (12.7) and (12.8) give first- and second-moment estimates for ZNZ_NZN​. Together these specify the deterministic regularity and probabilistic estimates used by the chapter Talagrand 1995, pp. 192–195.

Significance

The theorem gives a nonasymptotic probability estimate, valid for each finite size and each law meeting the stated conditions. It also bounds the difference between the mean free energy per site and β2/4\beta^2/4β2/4 as NNN grows, for fixed β<1\beta<1β<1. The moment estimates separately describe the scale of the partition function and limit its relative second moment. These conclusions keep the coupling law general within the stated moment class Talagrand 1995, Theorem 12.1 and Eqs. (12.7)–(12.8).

The result is proved in the cited paper; the open work here is its Lean formalization. A completed development would connect product-measure concentration, finite spin sums, exponential-moment bounds, and real-valued expectations in one reusable interface. The coupling product space and median conventions can also serve other finite random-interaction models. No machine-checked proof of this chapter's target is claimed by this proposal.

Difficulty

A direct bounded-differences estimate cannot be applied to this model as stated: the couplings are real and may be unbounded. An estimate that handles each coordinate must account for the law's exponential moments while still retaining the NNN and β\betaβ factors in the chapter's explicit bounds. The normalization by N\sqrt NN​ makes a single coupling's influence small, but there are (N2)\binom N2(2N​) couplings, so treating the total sensitivity as dimension-free would lose the scale of the theorem. The first moment alone also does not control the lower tail of ZNZ_NZN​; this is why the second-moment target is present Talagrand 1995, pp. 192–195.

Formalization scope

Lean indexes sites by Fin N and interactions by pairs with i<ji<ji<j. A spin is a Boolean choice interpreted as −1-1−1 or 111, and the configuration sum is normalized by 2N2^N2N. The coupling array is a function on the pair type, carrying the finite product measure of the common law ν\nuν. The theorem uses N≥1N\ge1N≥1, 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, and exactly the common-law moment assumptions above; the median deviation milestone uses N≥2N\ge2N≥2 because its denominator contains N−1N-1N−1. The main theorem places its single universal KKK before every size, temperature, law, and deviation level.

Expectations are Bochner integrals, so integrability is explicit in the law predicates or in each conclusion that needs it. Probability expressions are real values of measurable events under the product measure. This avoids relying on Lean's default value for a nonintegrable integral. The model retains the entire real coupling law and does not replace it with a finite alphabet or a Gaussian special case. The partition function is built from the couplings and spins, rather than supplied as an unconstrained variable.

The source's displayed (12.5) omits β\betaβ, whereas the derivation following (12.6) gives, for each tail separately, the range 0<t≤4βN(N−1)0<t\le4\beta\sqrt N(N-1)0<t≤4βN​(N−1) and the exponent −t2/(32β2(N−1))-t^2/(32\beta^2(N-1))−t2/(32β2(N−1)) with the factor 222. The formal milestone states exactly these two one-sided bounds, while its milestone text preserves the printed display verbatim. The first- and second-moment displays are kept with an absolute constant; the second-moment target uses the proof's N≥8N\ge8N≥8 range, since for smaller sizes the chapter's interaction-law assumptions do not ensure that ZN2Z_N^2ZN2​ is integrable. Integrability of FNF_NFN​ is a conclusion of the main theorem, never a hypothesis, and the median is quantified universally, so neither the expectation in (12.4) nor the deviation bound can hold by a default value of an undefined integral or by an unsatisfiable hypothesis; the Rademacher law ν=12(δ−1+δ1)\nu=\frac12(\delta_{-1}+\delta_1)ν=21​(δ−1​+δ1​) satisfies every assumption. Reusable contributions include integrability and measurability of ZNZ_NZN​ and FNF_NFN​, product-law estimates, and the source's numbered inequalities.

Selected references

  • Michel Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publications Mathématiques de l'IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. DOI: 10.1007/BF02699376.
  • Michael Aizenman, Joel L. Lebowitz, David Ruelle, Some rigorous results on the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick spin glass model, Communications in Mathematical Physics 112 (1987), 3–20. DOI: 10.1007/BF01217677.
  • Francis Comets, Jacques Neveu, The Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model of spin glasses and stochastic calculus: the high temperature case, Communications in Mathematical Physics 166 (1995), 549–564. DOI: 10.1007/BF02099887.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Combinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces VI: The Symmetric Group — ∫ exp(f(A,σ)/16) dP_N ≤ 1/P_N(A) for the Convex Distance on S_NTextbook

Motivation

Concentration of measure on the symmetric group concerns random permutations. A uniformly random permutation of NNN objects appears in random assignment problems, in sampling without replacement, in the longest increasing subsequence and in the analysis of randomized algorithms. A tail bound for a function of a random permutation is useful when it does not require computing the function's distribution. The symmetric group is not a product space, so the inequalities proved for product spaces do not apply to it directly.

Timeline. B. Maurey [Maurey 1979] gave the first concentration inequality on SNS_NSN​, for distances that count the coordinates in which two permutations differ. Every permutation can be written uniquely as σ=tN,i(N)∘⋯∘t2,i(2)\sigma=t_{N,i(N)}\circ\cdots\circ t_{2,i(2)}σ=tN,i(N)​∘⋯∘t2,i(2)​ with i(j)≤ji(j)\le ji(j)≤j, where ti,jt_{i,j}ti,j​ is the transposition of iii and jjj. Through this decomposition the Hamming bound (2.1.3) for product spaces carries over to SNS_NSN​. Milman and Schechtman present the result in their monograph [Milman–Schechtman 1986]. In Chapter 5 of his 1995 memoir Talagrand 1995, M. Talagrand proves the analogue on SNS_NSN​ of his convex hull inequality (Theorem 4.1.1 of the memoir). In the author's words, it improves Maurey's result in the way that Theorem 4.1.1 improves Proposition 2.1.1.

Setting

SNS_NSN​ is the group of permutations of {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N} and PNP_NPN​ is the uniform probability on it. Fix A⊆SNA\subseteq S_NA⊆SN​ and σ∈SN\sigma\in S_Nσ∈SN​. A 0–1 vector sss is admissible if some τ∈A\tau\in Aτ∈A agrees with σ\sigmaσ at every coordinate where sss is zero:

UA(σ)={s∈{0,1}N: ∃τ∈A, ∀ℓ≤N, sℓ=0⇒τ(ℓ)=σ(ℓ)}.U_A(\sigma)=\bigl\{s\in\{0,1\}^N:\ \exists\tau\in A,\ \forall\ell\le N,\ s_\ell=0\Rightarrow\tau(\ell)=\sigma(\ell)\bigr\}.UA​(σ)={s∈{0,1}N: ∃τ∈A, ∀ℓ≤N, sℓ​=0⇒τ(ℓ)=σ(ℓ)}.

VA(σ)⊆[0,1]NV_A(\sigma)\subseteq[0,1]^NVA​(σ)⊆[0,1]N is the convex hull of UA(σ)U_A(\sigma)UA​(σ), and

f(A,σ)=inf⁡{∑ℓ≤Nsℓ2: s∈VA(σ)}f(A,\sigma)=\inf\Bigl\{\sum_{\ell\le N}s_\ell^2:\ s\in V_A(\sigma)\Bigr\}f(A,σ)=inf{ℓ≤N∑​sℓ2​: s∈VA​(σ)}

is the squared convex distance from σ\sigmaσ to AAA. Unlike fcf_cfc​ of Chapter 4, fff here is already squared. If σ∈A\sigma\in Aσ∈A, then 0∈UA(σ)0\in U_A(\sigma)0∈UA​(σ) and f(A,σ)=0f(A,\sigma)=0f(A,σ)=0. A permutation that agrees with some element of AAA outside kkk coordinates has f(A,σ)≤kf(A,\sigma)\le kf(A,σ)≤k.

The proof uses three variants. f(A,σ,p)f(A,\sigma,p)f(A,σ,p) counts coordinate ppp twice, sp2+∑ℓsℓ2s_p^2+\sum_\ell s_\ell^2sp2​+∑ℓ​sℓ2​. f(A,σ,p,m)f(A,\sigma,p,m)f(A,σ,p,m), for p≠mp\ne mp=m, restricts that infimum to the face sm=0s_m=0sm​=0 (Eq. (5.5)). g(A,σ,i,j)g(A,\sigma,i,j)g(A,σ,i,j) drops coordinates iii and jjj (Eq. (5.6)). In SN+1S_{N+1}SN+1​, Gi={σ:σ(i)=N+1}G_i=\{\sigma:\sigma(i)=N+1\}Gi​={σ:σ(i)=N+1} and Gi′={σ:σ(N+1)=i}G'_i=\{\sigma:\sigma(N+1)=i\}Gi′​={σ:σ(N+1)=i}, with uniform probabilities QiQ_iQi​ and Qi′Q'_iQi′​. tit_iti​ is the transposition of N+1N+1N+1 and iii. The maps R(ρ)=ρ∘tiR(\rho)=\rho\circ t_iR(ρ)=ρ∘ti​ and R′(ρ)=ti∘ρR'(\rho)=t_i\circ\rhoR′(ρ)=ti​∘ρ send GiG_iGi​ and Gi′G'_iGi′​, respectively, onto the permutations fixing N+1N+1N+1, that is, onto SNS_NSN​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

For every NNN and every A⊆SNA\subseteq S_NA⊆SN​,

∫SNexp⁡116f(A,σ) dPN(σ)≤1PN(A).(5.2)\int_{S_N}\exp\frac1{16}f(A,\sigma)\,dP_N(\sigma)\le\frac1{P_N(A)}.\tag{5.2}∫SN​​exp161​f(A,σ)dPN​(σ)≤PN​(A)1​.(5.2)

The constant 1/161/161/16 is the paper's.

Stronger: Proposition 5.2

For every A⊆SNA\subseteq S_NA⊆SN​ and every p≤Np\le Np≤N,

∫exp⁡116f(A,σ,p) dPN≤1PN(A)(5.3)N,∫exp⁡116f(A,σ,σ−1(p)) dPN≤1PN(A)(5.4)N.\int\exp\tfrac1{16}f(A,\sigma,p)\,dP_N\le\tfrac1{P_N(A)}\quad(5.3)_N,\qquad\int\exp\tfrac1{16}f(A,\sigma,\sigma^{-1}(p))\,dP_N\le\tfrac1{P_N(A)}\quad(5.4)_N.∫exp161​f(A,σ,p)dPN​≤PN​(A)1​(5.3)N​,∫exp161​f(A,σ,σ−1(p))dPN​≤PN​(A)1​(5.4)N​.

Since f(A,σ)≤f(A,σ,p)f(A,\sigma)\le f(A,\sigma,p)f(A,σ)≤f(A,σ,p), this pair implies Theorem 5.1.

Milestones

The milestones are the numbered results of the induction step from NNN to N+1N+1N+1, in the order of the paper:

  • the deterministic inequalities Lemma 5.3 (5.7) and Lemma 5.7 (5.14);
  • the transfer lemmas Lemma 5.4 (5.8) and Lemma 5.8 (5.15);
  • the integral bounds Corollary 5.5 (5.10), Lemma 5.6 (5.11), Corollary 5.9 (5.16) and Lemma 5.10 (5.17).

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.1 has the same form as Theorem 4.1.1. By Markov's inequality, PN(A) PN{f(A,⋅)≥t}≤e−t/16P_N(A)\,P_N\{f(A,\cdot)\ge t\}\le e^{-t/16}PN​(A)PN​{f(A,⋅)≥t}≤e−t/16. Any function on SNS_NSN​ that is controlled by the convex distance therefore concentrates around its median with Gaussian tails whose scale does not depend on NNN. Because the convex distance weighs coordinates by an arbitrary unit vector, this includes functions that are Lipschitz only in a weighted, configuration-dependent sense, which a Hamming-distance bound does not reach. This is the setting of random permutation problems such as the longest increasing subsequence and the assignment problem.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 1995. To the best of current knowledge none of Chapter 5 has a machine-checked proof, and the platform has no concentration statement on SNS_NSN​. This mission formalizes the statements and the induction of the chapter. Its reusable output is the convex distance on SNS_NSN​ and the embedding of SNS_NSN​ into SN+1S_{N+1}SN+1​ through the blocks GiG_iGi​, Gi′G'_iGi′​.

Difficulty

SNS_NSN​ sits inside {1,…,N}N\{1,\dots,N\}^N{1,…,N}N through σ↦(σ(i))i≤N\sigma\mapsto(\sigma(i))_{i\le N}σ↦(σ(i))i≤N​. If SNS_NSN​ were the whole product, (5.2) would follow from Theorem 4.1.1. But SNS_NSN​ is a very small subset of that product, and the uniform measure on SNS_NSN​ is not a product measure. The decomposition into transpositions does give a product structure, but it is highly non-commutative. Coordinate distances in the decomposition do not match coordinate distances of the permutations, so it transfers only the weaker Hamming-type bound. The paper notes that a direct induction on NNN for (5.2) itself apparently fails. The strengthened pair (5.3)N(5.3)_N(5.3)N​, (5.4)N(5.4)_N(5.4)N​ is needed, and its two halves cross: (5.4)N+1(5.4)_{N+1}(5.4)N+1​ is proved from (5.3)N(5.3)_N(5.3)N​, and (5.3)N+1(5.3)_{N+1}(5.3)N+1​ from (5.4)N(5.4)_N(5.4)N​.

Formalization scope

  • SNS_NSN​ is Equiv.Perm (Fin N), with indices from 000. In SN+1S_{N+1}SN+1​ the point N+1N+1N+1 is Fin.last N, and composition is the group product, so ρ∘ti\rho\circ t_iρ∘ti​ is ρ * t N i.
  • UA(σ)⊆RNU_A(\sigma)\subseteq\mathbb R^NUA​(σ)⊆RN, and VA(σ)V_A(\sigma)VA​(σ) is convexHull ℝ. The functionals fff, f(⋅,⋅,p)f(\cdot,\cdot,p)f(⋅,⋅,p), f(⋅,⋅,p,m)f(\cdot,\cdot,p,m)f(⋅,⋅,p,m) and ggg are infima of explicit sums of squares, so the sup norm on Fin N → ℝ plays no role. They take values in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], so an empty infimum is +∞+\infty+∞ and f(∅,σ)=+∞f(\emptyset,\sigma)=+\inftyf(∅,σ)=+∞. The integrand exp⁡(z/16)\exp(z/16)exp(z/16) is computed in EReal, so exp⁡(+∞)=+∞\exp(+\infty)=+\inftyexp(+∞)=+∞.
  • The uniform probabilities PNP_NPN​, QiQ_iQi​ and Qi′Q'_iQi′​ are explicit finite averages over SNS_NSN​, GiG_iGi​ and Gi′G'_iGi′​. Qi(A)Q_i(A)Qi​(A) means ∣A∩Gi∣/∣Gi∣|A\cap G_i|/|G_i|∣A∩Gi​∣/∣Gi​∣. 1/PN(A)1/P_N(A)1/PN​(A) is computed in ℝ≥0∞, so A=∅A=\emptysetA=∅ gives +∞+\infty+∞ on both sides.
  • R(σ)R(\sigma)R(σ) and R′(σ)R'(\sigma)R′(σ) enter through the relation Restricts ρ τ (ρ(ℓ)=τ(ℓ)\rho(\ell)=\tau(\ell)ρ(ℓ)=τ(ℓ) for ℓ≤N\ell\le Nℓ≤N). R(Ai)R(A_i)R(Ai​) and R′(Ai′)R'(A'_i)R′(Ai′​) are the corresponding image sets.
  • The integral bounds 5.5, 5.6, 5.9 and 5.10 are stated in the paper inside the induction step. Each carries the induction hypothesis it uses as an explicit binder: (5.3)N(5.3)_N(5.3)N​, (5.4)N(5.4)_N(5.4)N​, or "either" as a disjunction.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The distance is the convex-hull distance with sums of squares, not a sup norm or Hamming count. The constant 1/161/161/16 is kept, and the infimum over the empty set is +∞+\infty+∞, not a junk 000.
  • Lemma 4.1.3, the numerical inequality used in the Hölder step, belongs to mission V of this series and is not posed again here.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the deterministic lemmas, the bijections Gi→SNG_i\to S_NGi​→SN​ and their measure-transport facts, and the final Hölder–Lemma 4.1.3 step.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publ. Math. IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205, Chapter 5, pp. 144–150. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02699376
  • B. Maurey, Construction de suites symétriques, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. A 288 (1979), 679–681 (reference [M1] of the memoir; no DOI).
  • V. D. Milman, G. Schechtman, Asymptotic theory of finite dimensional normed spaces, Lecture Notes in Math. 1200, Springer, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-38822-7
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces X: The Chromatic Number of Random Graphs — χ(G(n,p), m) Lies in an Interval of Length k with High ProbabilityTextbook

Motivation

The chromatic number of the random graph G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) is one of the central random variables of probabilistic combinatorics. Its order of magnitude for constant ppp, χ(G(n,p))∼n/(2log⁡1/(1−p)n)\chi(G(n,p)) \sim n/(2\log_{1/(1-p)} n)χ(G(n,p))∼n/(2log1/(1−p)​n), was settled by Bollobás ([B], 1988); the question that remains is how much χ\chiχ fluctuates around its typical value. Shamir and Spencer ([S-S], 1987) used the edge- and vertex-exposure martingales to show that χ(G(n,p))\chi(G(n,p))χ(G(n,p)) lies, with high probability, in an interval of length about n\sqrt nn​, and for sparse graphs p=n−αp = n^{-\alpha}p=n−α in an interval of bounded length.

Chapter 9 of Talagrand's 1995 memoir revisits this question as an application of his convex-hull inequality (Theorem 4.1.1 of the paper, posed in a separate mission of this series). The author states the aim plainly: martingale methods require ingenuity on this problem, and the chapter shows that Theorem 4.1.1 gives somewhat better results "in a completely straightforward manner". The chapter also derives, from the same inequality, an upper bound on the probability that G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) has no independent set of a given size — the quantity that drives the greedy colouring bound, previously obtained by Bollobás with martingales and by Janson's correlation inequality.

Timeline. 1987: Shamir–Spencer, concentration of χ(G(n,p))\chi(G(n,p))χ(G(n,p)) by martingales. 1988: Bollobás, the asymptotic value of χ(G(n,p))\chi(G(n,p))χ(G(n,p)) for constant ppp, via a martingale bound on independent sets. 1990: Janson's inequality gives a simpler route to the same independent-set bound. 1995: Talagrand, Theorem 9.1 and Proposition 9.2, both from the convex-hull inequality.

Setting

A graph GGG on the vertex set V={1,…,n}V = \{1,\dots,n\}V={1,…,n} is a subset of E0={(i,j); i<j}E_0 = \{(i,j);\ i<j\}E0​={(i,j); i<j}. A set I⊆VI \subseteq VI⊆V is independent if no two of its points are joined by an edge. For A⊆VA \subseteq VA⊆V, the chromatic number χ(G,A)\chi(G,A)χ(G,A) is the smallest number of independent sets that cover AAA, that is, the chromatic number of the subgraph induced on AAA; χ(G,∅)=0\chi(G,\emptyset) = 0χ(G,∅)=0. For an integer mmm,

χ(G,m)=inf⁡{χ(G,A); card⁡A=m}.\chi(G,m) = \inf\{\chi(G,A);\ \operatorname{card} A = m\}.χ(G,m)=inf{χ(G,A); cardA=m}.

Given 0<p<10<p<10<p<1, the random graph G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) contains each possible edge (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) with probability ppp, independently. Concretely, x=(xe)e∈E0∈{0,1}E0x = (x_e)_{e \in E_0} \in \{0,1\}^{E_0}x=(xe​)e∈E0​​∈{0,1}E0​ carries the product of Bernoulli(p)(p)(p) laws and G(x)G(x)G(x) is the set of eee with xe=1x_e = 1xe​=1.

The vertex-exposure space is Ω′=∏jΩj\Omega' = \prod_{j} \Omega_jΩ′=∏j​Ωj​ with Ωj={0,1}j−1\Omega_j = \{0,1\}^{j-1}Ωj​={0,1}j−1: the coordinate ωj=(ωi,j)i<j\omega_j = (\omega_{i,j})_{i<j}ωj​=(ωi,j​)i<j​ lists the edges from jjj to earlier vertices, and G(ω)G(\omega)G(ω) contains (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) iff ωi,j=1\omega_{i,j}=1ωi,j​=1. Changing one coordinate of ω\omegaω changes only edges at one vertex.

For an integer rrr and e=(i,j)∈E0e = (i,j) \in E_0e=(i,j)∈E0​, N(G,e)N(G,e)N(G,e) denotes the number of independent sets of GGG of size rrr containing iii and jjj.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.1

For k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N, m≤nm \le nm≤n and t>0t>0t>0 there is an integer aaa such that

P(χ(G(n,p),m)∈[a−k,a]) ≥ 1−2e−t2/8−P(sup⁡{χ(G(n,p),F); F⊂V, card⁡F≤tm}>k).P\big(\chi(G(n,p),m) \in [a-k,a]\big) \ \ge\ 1 - 2e^{-t^2/8} - P\big(\sup\{\chi(G(n,p),F);\ F\subset V,\ \operatorname{card}F \le t\sqrt m\} > k\big).P(χ(G(n,p),m)∈[a−k,a]) ≥ 1−2e−t2/8−P(sup{χ(G(n,p),F); F⊂V, cardF≤tm​}>k).

The integer aaa depends on n,p,m,k,tn,p,m,k,tn,p,m,k,t. The last term is zero when k>tmk > t\sqrt mk>tm​, so for such kkk the chromatic number χ(G(n,p),m)\chi(G(n,p),m)χ(G(n,p),m) sits in a window of k+1k+1k+1 values except on an event of probability 2e−t2/82e^{-t^2/8}2e−t2/8.

The deterministic step of the proof, Eq. (9.3)

With A⊆Ω′A \subseteq \Omega'A⊆Ω′ the set of ω\omegaω with χ(G(ω),m)≥a\chi(G(\omega),m) \ge aχ(G(ω),m)≥a and sup⁡{χ(G(ω),F); card⁡F≤tm}≤k\sup\{\chi(G(\omega),F);\ \operatorname{card}F \le t\sqrt m\} \le ksup{χ(G(ω),F); cardF≤tm​}≤k, and

B={ω; ∀(αj)≥0, ∃ω′∈A; ∑jαj1{ωj≠ωj′}≤t∑jαj2},B = \Big\{\omega;\ \forall (\alpha_j) \ge 0,\ \exists \omega' \in A;\ \sum_j \alpha_j 1_{\{\omega_j \ne \omega'_j\}} \le t\sqrt{\textstyle\sum_j \alpha_j^2}\Big\},B={ω; ∀(αj​)≥0, ∃ω′∈A; j∑​αj​1{ωj​=ωj′​}​≤t∑j​αj2​​},

every ω∈B\omega \in Bω∈B satisfies χ(G(ω),m)≥a−k\chi(G(\omega),m) \ge a-kχ(G(ω),m)≥a−k.

Proposition 9.2 and Eq. (9.7)

The double count N=(r(r−1)/2)−1∑e∈E0N(G,e)N = \big(r(r-1)/2\big)^{-1}\sum_{e\in E_0} N(G,e)N=(r(r−1)/2)−1∑e∈E0​​N(G,e) of independent rrr-sets, and, for u≥0u \ge 0u≥0 and r≥2r \ge 2r≥2, if with probability greater than 1/21/21/2 the graph G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) has an independent rrr-set and u∑eN(G(n,p),e)2≤∑eN(G(n,p),e)u\sqrt{\sum_e N(G(n,p),e)^2} \le \sum_e N(G(n,p),e)u∑e​N(G(n,p),e)2​≤∑e​N(G(n,p),e), then

P(G(n,p) contains no independent set of size r)≤2exp⁡(−u2r2(r−1)2).P\big(G(n,p)\ \text{contains no independent set of size } r\big) \le 2\exp\Big(-\frac{u^2}{r^2(r-1)^2}\Big).P(G(n,p) contains no independent set of size r)≤2exp(−r2(r−1)2u2​).

Significance

The results. Theorem 9.1 is a two-sided concentration statement for χ(G(n,p),m)\chi(G(n,p),m)χ(G(n,p),m) with an explicit Gaussian error 2e−t2/82e^{-t^2/8}2e−t2/8 and no loss in the exponent from a martingale difference bound; for sparse p=n−αp = n^{-\alpha}p=n−α, where small vertex sets are sparse enough to be coloured with few colours, it localises χ\chiχ to a bounded window. Proposition 9.2 is the independent-set estimate on which the greedy upper bound for χ(G(n,p))\chi(G(n,p))χ(G(n,p)) rests, obtained here with the same tool and constants 222 and r2(r−1)2r^2(r-1)^2r2(r−1)2 stated on the page.

Formalizing them. All results are proved on paper; none of them, nor any concentration statement for χ(G(n,p))\chi(G(n,p))χ(G(n,p)), is formalized in Lean or on the platform. A formal development gives a machine-checked model of G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) both as an edge product and as a vertex-exposure product, a statement-level check of how the convex-hull inequality transfers to graph functionals, and a corrected form of Proposition 9.2 (see the scope section): the printed hypothesis (9.4) is satisfied vacuously by graphs without independent rrr-sets, and the formal statement records the hypothesis the proof uses.

Difficulty

The obvious encoding of G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) is the edge product {0,1}E0\{0,1\}^{E_0}{0,1}E0​, and it is the wrong one for Theorem 9.1: changing the edges at one vertex changes up to n−1n-1n−1 coordinates, so a Hamming-type control of χ(G,m)\chi(G,m)χ(G,m) in the edge coordinates gives fluctuations of order n2\sqrt{n^2}n2​ instead of order m\sqrt mm​. The statement is therefore tied to the vertex-exposure product Ω′\Omega'Ω′, and transporting the law of G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) to Ω′\Omega'Ω′ and handling the "largest integer aaa" with P(χ≥a)≥e−t2/8+bP(\chi \ge a) \ge e^{-t^2/8} + bP(χ≥a)≥e−t2/8+b are further steps a formal proof must carry out. For Proposition 9.2 a plain Hamming-distance bound in the edge coordinates gives the wrong dependence on the number of independent sets: a graph with many independent rrr-sets is turned into one with none by adding an edge inside each of them, and since these sets overlap heavily, the Hamming distance to the graphs without independent rrr-sets is not determined by their number.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n (0-based). G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) is graphOf x for x:E0→Boolx : E_0 \to \mathrm{Bool}x:E0​→Bool under gnp n p, the product (Measure.pi) of the law p δ1+(1−p) δ0p\,\delta_1 + (1-p)\,\delta_0pδ1​+(1−p)δ0​ on Bool, with E0E_0E0​ the subtype {(i,j):i<j}\{(i,j) : i<j\}{(i,j):i<j}; all sets of this finite space are measurable. Probabilities are Measure.real, so right-hand sides may be negative, as on the page. χ(G,A)\chi(G,A)χ(G,A) is Mathlib's chromaticNumber of the induced subgraph in ℕ∞; χ(G,m)\chi(G,m)χ(G,m) is an infimum in ℕ∞, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when m>nm>nm>n, and Theorem 9.1 carries m≤nm \le nm≤n, implicit on the page, without which it fails. Comparisons with integers are made in WithTop ℤ. The supremum over small sets FFF is an ℕ∞ supremum over finsets with card⁡F≤tm\operatorname{card}F \le t\sqrt mcardF≤tm​. The vertex-exposure space has a coordinate {0,1}j\{0,1\}^j{0,1}j for every 0-based vertex jjj, the trivial one for j=0j=0j=0 included, as in the paper's ∏j≤nΩj\prod_{j\le n}\Omega_j∏j≤n​Ωj​; the weights in BBB are nonnegative, the setting of Lemma 4.1.2.

Proposition 9.2 is stated with three explicit additions: r≥2r \ge 2r≥2, u≥0u \ge 0u≥0, and the event of (9.4) intersected with "G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) contains an independent set of size rrr". As printed, (9.4) holds for every uuu whenever G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) almost surely has no independent rrr-set (both sums are zero), and the conclusion then fails; the proof selects a graph with N>0N>0N>0, which is exactly the added clause.

A formalization in which χ(G,m)\chi(G,m)χ(G,m) is a real infimum (junk value 000 on the empty family), in which the Bochner integral replaces probabilities, or in which the coloured set AAA ranges over all vertices instead of mmm-subsets would trivialise or change Theorem 9.1; these are ruled out by the definitions above.

Theorem 4.1.1 (the convex-hull inequality) and Lemma 4.1.2 are posed in their own mission and are not repeated here; a complete development needs them on the finite product Ω′\Omega'Ω′, the identity in law between the edge and vertex-exposure models, and monotonicity and subadditivity of chromatic numbers of induced subgraphs. The vertex-exposure model and the independent-set counts are reusable for other random-graph functionals. Proofs of any milestone, and of the law identity between the two models, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publ. Math. IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02699376
  • E. Shamir, J. Spencer, Sharp concentration of the chromatic number on random graphs Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​, Combinatorica 7 (1987), 121–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579208
  • B. Bollobás, The chromatic number of random graphs, Combinatorica 8 (1988), 49–55. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02122551
  • S. Janson, Poisson approximation for large deviations, Random Structures & Algorithms 1 (1990), 221–229. https://doi.org/10.1002/rsa.3240010209
  • N. Alon, J. Spencer, The Probabilistic Method, Wiley, 1992 ([A-S] in the paper). https://doi.org/10.1002/0471722154
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisCombinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces V: The Convex Hull Distance — ∫ exp f_α(A,x) dP ≤ P(A)^{−α}Textbook

Motivation

A product probability space (ΩN,P)(\Omega^N, P)(ΩN,P), P=μ⊗NP=\mu^{\otimes N}P=μ⊗N, concentrates its mass: a set AAA of non-negligible measure is "close" to most points. How closeness is measured decides what the statement can be used for. The Hamming distance (Chapter 2 of the paper) counts coordinates in which a point differs from AAA; it gives Gaussian concentration, but only for functions that are Lipschitz for one fixed weighting of the coordinates. Chapter 4 of M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces (Publ. Math. IHÉS 81, 1995), introduces the convex hull distance, which controls every weighted Hamming distance at once with weights chosen after seeing the point. This one inequality is what the second half of the paper uses for the longest increasing subsequence, bin packing, suprema of linear forms, the chromatic number of random graphs, the random assignment problem and the travelling salesman problem, and it is the form in which "Talagrand's inequality" is usually quoted in probability and combinatorics.

History (paper, p. 125). The author first proved the deviation inequality of Theorem 13.2 of the paper for symmetric ±1\pm1±1 variables; W. B. Johnson and G. Schechtman extended it, and their one-dimensional lemma (Lemma 4.1.3 here) led to the abstract setting of Theorem 4.1.1. Section 4.2 sharpens the exponent 1/41/41/4 by replacing fc2/4f_c^2/4fc2​/4 with an exactly optimised penalty fαf_\alphafα​.

Setting

Let (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ) be a probability space, N≥0N\ge0N≥0 an integer and P=μ⊗NP=\mu^{\otimes N}P=μ⊗N on ΩN\Omega^NΩN. For A⊆ΩNA\subseteq\Omega^NA⊆ΩN and x∈ΩNx\in\Omega^Nx∈ΩN let

UA(x)={(si)i≤N∈{0,1}N; ∃y∈A, si=0⇒xi=yi},U_A(x)=\{(s_i)_{i\le N}\in\{0,1\}^N;\ \exists y\in A,\ s_i=0\Rightarrow x_i=y_i\},UA​(x)={(si​)i≤N​∈{0,1}N; ∃y∈A, si​=0⇒xi​=yi​},

the set of 000–111 vectors marking a superset of the coordinates in which xxx differs from some point of AAA. Let VA(x)V_A(x)VA​(x) be its convex hull in RN\mathbb R^NRN; it contains 000 exactly when x∈Ax\in Ax∈A. The convex hull distance fc(A,x)f_c(A,x)fc​(A,x) is the Euclidean distance from 000 to VA(x)V_A(x)VA​(x), and the enlargement of AAA is

Atc={x∈ΩN; fc(A,x)≤t}A_t^c=\{x\in\Omega^N;\ f_c(A,x)\le t\}Atc​={x∈ΩN; fc​(A,x)≤t}

(the superscript ccc stands for "convexity", not for a complement). For α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 and u∈[0,1]u\in[0,1]u∈[0,1] put

ξ(α,u)=α(1−u)log⁡(1−u)−(α+1−αu)log⁡(1+α−αu1+α),\xi(\alpha,u)=\alpha(1-u)\log(1-u)-(\alpha+1-\alpha u)\log\Big(\frac{1+\alpha-\alpha u}{1+\alpha}\Big),ξ(α,u)=α(1−u)log(1−u)−(α+1−αu)log(1+α1+α−αu​),

and let fα(A,x)=inf⁡{∑i≤Nξ(α,si); s∈VA(x)}f_\alpha(A,x)=\inf\{\sum_{i\le N}\xi(\alpha,s_i);\ s\in V_A(x)\}fα​(A,x)=inf{∑i≤N​ξ(α,si​); s∈VA​(x)}; it plays the role of fc2(A,x)f_c^2(A,x)fc2​(A,x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2.4

For α>0\alpha>0α>0 and every A⊆ΩNA\subseteq\Omega^NA⊆ΩN,

∫exp⁡fα(A,x) dP(x)≤1P(A)α.\int\exp f_\alpha(A,x)\,dP(x)\le\frac{1}{P(A)^{\alpha}}.∫expfα​(A,x)dP(x)≤P(A)α1​.

The constant is exact (no unspecified constants), and the statement holds for every probability space Ω\OmegaΩ and every NNN.

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.1.2: x∈Atcx\in A_t^cx∈Atc​ iff for every real (αi)(\alpha_i)(αi​) some y∈Ay\in Ay∈A has ∑{αi; xi≠yi}≤t(∑αi2)1/2\sum\{\alpha_i;\ x_i\ne y_i\}\le t(\sum\alpha_i^2)^{1/2}∑{αi​; xi​=yi​}≤t(∑αi2​)1/2.
  • Lemma 4.1.3: inf⁡0≤λ≤1r−λexp⁡(1−λ)24≤2−r\inf_{0\le\lambda\le1}r^{-\lambda}\exp\frac{(1-\lambda)^2}{4}\le2-rinf0≤λ≤1​r−λexp4(1−λ)2​≤2−r for 0≤r≤10\le r\le10≤r≤1.
  • Lemma 4.2.1: inf⁡0≤λ≤1r−λαexp⁡ξ(α,1−λ)=1+α−αr\inf_{0\le\lambda\le1}r^{-\lambda\alpha}\exp\xi(\alpha,1-\lambda)=1+\alpha-\alpha rinf0≤λ≤1​r−λαexpξ(α,1−λ)=1+α−αr for 0<r<10<r<10<r<1.
  • Lemma 4.2.2: ξ(α,⋅)\xi(\alpha,\cdot)ξ(α,⋅) is increasing and convex on [0,1][0,1][0,1] and ξ(α,u)≥α2(α+1)u2\xi(\alpha,u)\ge\frac{\alpha}{2(\alpha+1)}u^2ξ(α,u)≥2(α+1)α​u2.
  • Lemma 4.2.3: 1+α−αa≤a−α1+\alpha-\alpha a\le a^{-\alpha}1+α−αa≤a−α and a+(1−a)exp⁡ξ(α,1)≤a−αa+(1-a)\exp\xi(\alpha,1)\le a^{-\alpha}a+(1−a)expξ(α,1)≤a−α.
  • Eq. (4.2.6): P(Atc)≥1−P(A)−αexp⁡(−αt22(α+1))P(A_t^c)\ge1-P(A)^{-\alpha}\exp\big(-\frac{\alpha t^2}{2(\alpha+1)}\big)P(Atc​)≥1−P(A)−αexp(−2(α+1)αt2​).
  • Corollary 4.2.5: for t≥2log⁡(1/P(A))t\ge\sqrt{2\log(1/P(A))}t≥2log(1/P(A))​, P(Atc)≥1−exp⁡(−12(t−2log⁡(1/P(A)))2)P(A_t^c)\ge1-\exp\big(-\frac12(t-\sqrt{2\log(1/P(A))})^2\big)P(Atc​)≥1−exp(−21​(t−2log(1/P(A))​)2).
  • Theorem 4.3.1 (two-point space, uniform μ\muμ, α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1): ∫exp⁡(αα+1fc2(A,x)) dP(x)≤P(A)−α\int\exp\big(\frac{\alpha}{\alpha+1}f_c^2(A,x)\big)\,dP(x)\le P(A)^{-\alpha}∫exp(α+1α​fc2​(A,x))dP(x)≤P(A)−α.

Significance

The result. At α=1\alpha=1α=1, Lemma 4.2.2 gives ξ(1,u)≥u2/4\xi(1,u)\ge u^2/4ξ(1,u)≥u2/4, so the goal contains Theorem 4.1.1,

∫exp⁡14fc2(A,x) dP(x)≤1P(A),P(Atc)≥1−1P(A)e−t2/4,\int\exp\tfrac14f_c^2(A,x)\,dP(x)\le\frac1{P(A)},\qquad P(A_t^c)\ge1-\frac1{P(A)}e^{-t^2/4},∫exp41​fc2​(A,x)dP(x)≤P(A)1​,P(Atc​)≥1−P(A)1​e−t2/4,

the convex distance inequality itself. For general α\alphaα it improves the coefficient of t2t^2t2 from 1/41/41/4 to the optimal 1/21/21/2 (Corollary 4.2.5), and since ξ(α,1)=log⁡(1+α)\xi(\alpha,1)=\log(1+\alpha)ξ(α,1)=log(1+α) grows with α\alphaα, it simultaneously controls the number of coordinates in which xxx must be changed to reach AAA, recovering features of the qqq-point inequalities of Chapter 3. Every Part II application of the paper rests on Theorem 4.1.1 or on this sharpening.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the paper (the goal's proof is "an obvious adaptation" of that of Theorem 4.1.1, by induction on NNN). None of them has a machine-checked proof for a general probability space. Theorem 4.1.1 itself is posed on the platform, still open, for finite alphabets and finite sets (Talagrand.Eexp_mul_mass_le_one, Talagrand.mass_mul_mass_le_exp); it is not posed again here. A proof of the goal settles it for arbitrary Ω\OmegaΩ and arbitrary measurable AAA.

Difficulty

The function x↦fα(A,x)x\mapsto f_\alpha(A,x)x↦fα​(A,x) is not a sum of one-coordinate terms, so no tensorization of a one-dimensional inequality applies directly. Bounding fα(A,x)f_\alpha(A,x)fα​(A,x) pointwise by the distance to a single nearby point of AAA gives only Hamming-type bounds with a fixed weighting, which is exactly what the convex hull distance is designed to beat; the inequality has to hold for the infimum over the whole hull. The one-coordinate estimate the paper uses is the exact identity of Lemma 4.2.1, which leaves no slack. A further obstacle is analytic: VA(x)V_A(x)VA​(x) is a convex hull in RN\mathbb R^NRN of a set indexed by the possibly uncountable set AAA, and its infima must be compared across dimensions NNN and N+1N+1N+1.

Formalization scope

  • ΩN\Omega^NΩN is Fin N → Ω; PPP is Measure.pi (fun _ : Fin N => μ) with IsProbabilityMeasure μ.
  • UA(x)U_A(x)UA​(x) is a set of Fin N → ℝ with values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}; VA(x)V_A(x)VA​(x) is convexHull ℝ (U A x). The ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 norm is written out as ∑isi2\sqrt{\sum_i s_i^2}∑i​si2​​: Mathlib's norm on Fin N → ℝ is the sup norm.
  • fcf_cfc​ and fαf_\alphafα​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞); both are +∞+\infty+∞ when A=∅A=\varnothingA=∅. exp⁡(+∞)=+∞\exp(+\infty)=+\inftyexp(+∞)=+∞ (EReal.exp), P(A)−α=+∞P(A)^{-\alpha}=+\inftyP(A)−α=+∞ when P(A)=0P(A)=0P(A)=0. No real-valued infimum or Bochner integral is used, so no junk value can make a bound hold for free.
  • ξ(α,1)=log⁡(1+α)\xi(\alpha,1)=\log(1+\alpha)ξ(α,1)=log(1+α) relies on 0⋅log⁡0=00\cdot\log0=00⋅log0=0, which Mathlib's Real.log 0 = 0 provides.
  • Measurability. The paper ignores measurability (pp. 81–82). Here AAA and x↦fα(A,x)x\mapsto f_\alpha(A,x)x↦fα​(A,x) are assumed measurable (explicit hypotheses), integrals are ∫⁻, and P(Atc)P(A_t^c)P(Atc​) is the measure of an arbitrary set, i.e. its outer probability, as the paper prescribes.
  • α>0\alpha>0α>0 in the goal; t≥0t\ge0t≥0 for the enlargement; P(A)>0P(A)>0P(A)>0 in Corollary 4.2.5, where the paper's hypothesis on ttt is otherwise unsatisfiable. In §4.3, Ω={0,1}\Omega=\{0,1\}Ω={0,1} is Bool with PMF.uniformOfFintype.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: restricting Ω\OmegaΩ to a finite type or AAA to a finite set would give a strictly weaker statement (and the finite case of Theorem 4.1.1 is already posed elsewhere).
  • Needed infrastructure: convex hulls of 000–111 vectors and their behaviour under adding a coordinate, Hölder's inequality for ∫⁻, Fubini for Measure.pi on Fin (N+1), and the one-variable calculus of ξ\xiξ. The definitions module is the substrate the Part II chapters of the paper use; proofs of the one-variable lemmas and of the induction step are welcome independently.
  • Corollary 4.3.2 is not included: the paper derives it from Theorem 4.3.1 by optimising over α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, which only covers t≥2log⁡(1/P(A))t\ge2\sqrt{\log(1/P(A))}t≥2log(1/P(A))​, and the printed range t≥log⁡(1/P(A))t\ge\sqrt{\log(1/P(A))}t≥log(1/P(A))​ is not established on the page.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publ. Math. IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02699376
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisCombinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces I: Control by One Point — ∫ e^{t f(A,x)} dP ≤ P(A)^{−α} exp(Nt²(1+1/α)/8) for the Hamming Distance to ATextbook

Motivation

Concentration of measure is the observation that, on a high-dimensional product probability space, any set that is not too small already contains most of the space within a small neighbourhood. For functions of many independent random variables this yields Gaussian-type tail bounds without any explicit computation of the distribution, and these bounds are the working tool behind the analysis of random combinatorial optimisation problems (bin packing, the travelling salesman problem, the longest increasing subsequence, the assignment problem), random graphs, and empirical processes.

M. Talagrand's 1995 memoir Talagrand 1995 develops a family of such inequalities that hold on an arbitrary product of probability spaces and are proved by induction on the number of coordinates. Chapter 2 opens with the simplest instance, control by one point: the distance from xxx to a set AAA is measured by the number of coordinates in which xxx differs from the best single point y∈Ay \in Ay∈A. The method of this chapter is the template for every later chapter of the memoir.

Timeline. Bounds of the form (2.2.7) for the Hamming distance were first obtained with martingale (bounded differences) methods, collected in McDiarmid's survey McDiarmid 1989. Talagrand's 1995 memoir gives the induction proof reproduced here, with exponent −2N(k−N2log⁡1P(A))2-\tfrac2N(k-\sqrt{\tfrac N2\log\tfrac1{P(A)}})^2−N2​(k−2N​logP(A)1​​)2, which the paper notes is exactly the best bound obtained by martingales. Earlier, the isoperimetric inequality on the discrete cube (Harper, 1966) settles the case of the uniform measure on {0,1}N\{0,1\}^N{0,1}N.

Setting

Let (Ω,Σ,μ)(\Omega,\Sigma,\mu)(Ω,Σ,μ) be a probability space and N≥0N \ge 0N≥0 an integer. Points of the product ΩN\Omega^NΩN are written x=(x1,…,xN)x=(x_1,\dots,x_N)x=(x1​,…,xN​), and P=μNP=\mu^NP=μN denotes the product probability. For a set A⊆ΩNA \subseteq \Omega^NA⊆ΩN and a point xxx, the Hamming distance to AAA is

f(A,x)=min⁡{card⁡{i≤N: xi≠yi} : y∈A},f(A,x)=\min\big\{\operatorname{card}\{i\le N:\ x_i\ne y_i\}\ :\ y\in A\big\},f(A,x)=min{card{i≤N: xi​=yi​} : y∈A},

the least number of coordinates that must be changed to move xxx into AAA; it is +∞+\infty+∞ when AAA is empty. Given positive weights (ai)i≤N(a_i)_{i\le N}(ai​)i≤N​, the weighted Hamming distance replaces the count by ∑{ai:xi≠yi}\sum\{a_i: x_i\neq y_i\}∑{ai​:xi​=yi​}.

Two families of constants appear. The first is

a(t)=12+et+e−t4,a(t)=\frac12+\frac{e^t+e^{-t}}4 ,a(t)=21​+4et+e−t​,

and the second, for α>0\alpha>0α>0 and t>0t>0t>0,

a(α,t)=αα(α+1)α+1 (et−e−t/α)1+α(1−e−t/α)(et−1)α,a(\alpha,t)=\frac{\alpha^{\alpha}}{(\alpha+1)^{\alpha+1}}\,\frac{(e^t-e^{-t/\alpha})^{1+\alpha}}{(1-e^{-t/\alpha})(e^t-1)^{\alpha}},a(α,t)=(α+1)α+1αα​(1−e−t/α)(et−1)α(et−e−t/α)1+α​,

extended by its limit a(α,0)=1a(\alpha,0)=1a(α,0)=1; one checks a(1,t)=a(t)a(1,t)=a(t)a(1,t)=a(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.2.3

For every measurable A⊆ΩNA\subseteq\Omega^NA⊆ΩN, every α>0\alpha>0α>0 and every t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

∫etf(A,x) dP(x) ≤ 1P(A)αexp⁡(Nt28(1+1α)),(2.2.6)\int e^{t f(A,x)}\,dP(x)\ \le\ \frac{1}{P(A)^{\alpha}}\exp\Big(N\frac{t^2}{8}\Big(1+\frac1\alpha\Big)\Big), \tag{2.2.6}∫etf(A,x)dP(x) ≤ P(A)α1​exp(N8t2​(1+α1​)),(2.2.6)

and, when P(A)>0P(A)>0P(A)>0, for every k≥N2log⁡1P(A)k\ge\sqrt{\tfrac N2\log\tfrac1{P(A)}}k≥2N​logP(A)1​​,

P({f(A,⋅)≥k}) ≤ exp⁡(−2N(k−N2log⁡1P(A))2).(2.2.7)P\big(\{f(A,\cdot)\ge k\}\big)\ \le\ \exp\Big(-\frac2N\Big(k-\sqrt{\tfrac N2\log\tfrac1{P(A)}}\Big)^2\Big). \tag{2.2.7}P({f(A,⋅)≥k}) ≤ exp(−N2​(k−2N​logP(A)1​​)2).(2.2.7)

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 2.1.2 — for measurable 0≤g≤10\le g\le10≤g≤1 on Ω\OmegaΩ: ∫min⁡(et,1/g) dμ∫g dμ≤a(t)\int\min(e^t,1/g)\,d\mu\int g\,d\mu\le a(t)∫min(et,1/g)dμ∫gdμ≤a(t).
  2. Proposition 2.1.1 — ∫etf(A,x)dP≤a(t)N/P(A)≤et2N/4/P(A)\int e^{tf(A,x)}dP\le a(t)^N/P(A)\le e^{t^2N/4}/P(A)∫etf(A,x)dP≤a(t)N/P(A)≤et2N/4/P(A) for t>0t>0t>0, and P(f(A,⋅)≥k)≤e−k2/N/P(A)P(f(A,\cdot)\ge k)\le e^{-k^2/N}/P(A)P(f(A,⋅)≥k)≤e−k2/N/P(A).
  3. Remark 2.1.3 — the same with the weighted Hamming distance and ∑ai2\sum a_i^2∑ai2​ in place of NNN.
  4. Eq. (2.2.3) — a(α,t)=sup⁡0≤u≤1(1+u(et−1))(1−u(1−e−t/α))αa(\alpha,t)=\sup_{0\le u\le1}(1+u(e^t-1))(1-u(1-e^{-t/\alpha}))^{\alpha}a(α,t)=sup0≤u≤1​(1+u(et−1))(1−u(1−e−t/α))α.
  5. Proposition 2.2.1 — ∫etf(A,x)dP≤a(α,t)N/P(A)α\int e^{tf(A,x)}dP\le a(\alpha,t)^N/P(A)^{\alpha}∫etf(A,x)dP≤a(α,t)N/P(A)α for t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  6. Lemma 2.2.2 — a(α,t)≤exp⁡t28(1+1α)a(\alpha,t)\le\exp\frac{t^2}8(1+\frac1\alpha)a(α,t)≤exp8t2​(1+α1​).

The goal is the weakest statement of the section that is stated with fully explicit, closed-form constants; the milestones are the steps the paper's proof passes through.

Significance

The result. Inequality (2.2.7) shows that if P(A)P(A)P(A) is bounded below, the set of points at Hamming distance at least N/2⋅log⁡(1/P(A))+s\sqrt{N/2\cdot\log(1/P(A))}+sN/2⋅log(1/P(A))​+s from AAA has probability at most e−2s2/Ne^{-2s^2/N}e−2s2/N, with no assumption on Ω\OmegaΩ or μ\muμ. Applied to A={F≤M}A=\{F\le M\}A={F≤M} for a function FFF that changes by at most one when a coordinate changes, it gives concentration of FFF around its median at scale N\sqrt NN​. The exponential moment bound (2.2.6) is the form that composes with other estimates, and the free parameter α\alphaα is what makes the constant 2/N2/N2/N in (2.2.7) attainable rather than 1/N1/N1/N as in (2.1.3).

Formalizing it. The results are classical and fully proved in the paper; they are not available in Mathlib, and no machine-checked proof of them is known. A formalization supplies the one-coordinate inequalities (Lemma 2.1.2 and its α\alphaα-version) and the induction over ΩN+1=ΩN×Ω\Omega^{N+1}=\Omega^N\times\OmegaΩN+1=ΩN×Ω as reusable components: every later chapter of the memoir (two-point space, penalties, qqq points, convex hull distance) follows the same induction with a different one-coordinate lemma.

Difficulty

The bound does not follow from a union bound or from independence of coordinates, because f(A,⋅)f(A,\cdot)f(A,⋅) depends on all coordinates jointly through an arbitrary set AAA: changing one coordinate of xxx changes f(A,x)f(A,x)f(A,x) by at most one, but which point of AAA is nearest can change completely. A naive coordinate-by-coordinate estimate loses either the dependence on P(A)P(A)P(A) or a constant factor in the exponent, and the constant 2/N2/N2/N in (2.2.7) is the sharp one, so no slack is available. The one-dimensional inequalities (Lemma 2.1.2 and its α\alphaα-version) are extremal problems over all measurable functions 0≤g≤10\le g\le10≤g≤1 rather than over numbers, and Lemma 2.2.2 is a two-parameter inequality in which the closed form (2.2.2) is not convenient. On the measure-theoretic side, all integrands take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and f(A,⋅)f(A,\cdot)f(A,⋅) need not be measurable in general.

Formalization scope

  • Space. (Ω,Σ,μ)(\Omega,\Sigma,\mu)(Ω,Σ,μ) is an arbitrary measurable space with a probability measure; ΩN\Omega^NΩN is Fin N → Ω (0-based coordinates) and PPP is Measure.pi (fun _ => μ). Ω\OmegaΩ is never restricted to a finite or countable set.
  • Measurability. The paper ignores measurability and states Proposition 2.1.1 with an upper integral and outer probability. Here AAA carries MeasurableSet A and the map x↦f(A,x)x\mapsto f(A,x)x↦f(A,x) carries an explicit Measurable hypothesis; probabilities of arbitrary sets are Mathlib's outer measure.
  • Values. Distances are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), so f(∅,x)=+∞f(\emptyset,x)=+\inftyf(∅,x)=+∞; integrals are lower Lebesgue integrals ∫⁻ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; etze^{tz}etz is EReal.exp; P(A)−1P(A)^{-1}P(A)−1 and P(A)−αP(A)^{-\alpha}P(A)−α are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so P(A)=0P(A)=0P(A)=0 makes the right-hand sides +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Constants. a(α,t)a(\alpha,t)a(α,t) is formula (2.2.2) for t≠0t\ne0t=0 and 111 at t=0t=0t=0. Every constant (1/41/41/4, 1/81/81/8, 2/N2/N2/N) is the paper's.
  • Ruled out. Defining fff through a real infimum (whose junk value on ∅\emptyset∅ is 000), or letting a(α,0)=0/0=0a(\alpha,0)=0/0=0a(α,0)=0/0=0, would make several statements false or trivial; neither is done.

Needed infrastructure: Fubini/Tonelli for Measure.pi split as ΩN×Ω\Omega^N\times\OmegaΩN×Ω, Chebyshev–Markov for ∫⁻, and one-variable calculus for (2.2.3)–(2.2.5). The one-coordinate lemmas and the induction scheme are reusable in the later missions of this series. Proofs of individual milestones and alternative proofs (for example via martingales for (2.2.7)) are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publ. Math. IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02699376
  • C. McDiarmid, On the method of bounded differences, Surveys in Combinatorics, LMS Lecture Note Ser. 141 (1989), 148–188. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107359949.008
  • L. H. Harper, Optimal numberings and isoperimetric problems on graphs, J. Combin. Theory 1 (1966), 385–393. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0021-9800(66)80059-5
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Combinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces IV: Control by q Points — ∫ q^{f(A_1,…,A_q,x)} dP ≤ 1/∏ P(A_i)Textbook

Motivation

A recurring phenomenon in probability is concentration of measure: on a product of many probability spaces, a set of non-negligible measure has a neighbourhood that carries almost all of the mass. M. Talagrand's 1995 memoir Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces developed a systematic method — induction over the number of coordinates — that yields such statements for several different ways of measuring "how far" a point is from a set. These inequalities underlie sharp tail bounds for combinatorial optimization problems (bin packing, travelling salesman, longest increasing subsequence), for empirical processes, and for spin glasses, and Part II of the memoir develops several of these applications.

This mission formalizes Section 3 of the memoir, Control by q points. In Section 2 the distance from a point xxx to a set AAA counts the coordinates of xxx that a single point of AAA fails to reproduce (the Hamming distance). Section 3 lets several points cooperate: a coordinate of xxx is captured if any one of qqq chosen points agrees with xxx there. The memoir's introduction (p. 79) presents Theorem 3.1.1 as a much simpler substitute for the isoperimetric inequality of Talagrand's earlier work on sums of independent Banach-space valued random variables (Talagrand, Ann. Probab. 17 (1989), 1546–1570), whose phenomenon "had a major impact in Probability in Banach spaces"; Chapter 13 of the memoir applies it to tails of such sums.

Setting

Let (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ) be a probability space, N≥0N\ge0N≥0 an integer, and P=μ⊗NP=\mu^{\otimes N}P=μ⊗N the product probability on ΩN\Omega^NΩN. Fix an integer q≥2q\ge2q≥2; this is a standing assumption throughout the section. For x∈ΩNx\in\Omega^Nx∈ΩN and points y1,…,yq∈ΩNy^1,\dots,y^q\in\Omega^Ny1,…,yq∈ΩN, coordinate iii of xxx is captured if xi∈{yi1,…,yiq}x_i\in\{y^1_i,\dots,y^q_i\}xi​∈{yi1​,…,yiq​}. For subsets A1,…,Aq⊆ΩNA_1,\dots,A_q\subseteq\Omega^NA1​,…,Aq​⊆ΩN the qqq-point control is

f(A1,…,Aq,x)=inf⁡{#{i≤N:xi∉{yi1,…,yiq}}; y1∈A1,…,yq∈Aq}(3.1.1),f(A_1,\dots,A_q,x)=\inf\big\{\#\{i\le N: x_i\notin\{y^1_i,\dots,y^q_i\}\};\ y^1\in A_1,\dots,y^q\in A_q\big\}\qquad(3.1.1),f(A1​,…,Aq​,x)=inf{#{i≤N:xi​∈/{yi1​,…,yiq​}}; y1∈A1​,…,yq∈Aq​}(3.1.1),

the least number of coordinates of xxx that remain uncaptured when one point is chosen in each AjA_jAj​. It is a whole number between 000 and NNN, or +∞+\infty+∞ when some AjA_jAj​ is empty.

For the sharpening of Section 3.2, given α>1\alpha>1α>1, the number a(q,α)a(q,\alpha)a(q,α) is the unique x>1x>1x>1 with

x+qα x−1/α=1+qα(3.2.2).x+q\alpha\,x^{-1/\alpha}=1+q\alpha\qquad(3.2.2).x+qαx−1/α=1+qα(3.2.2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1.1

For all subsets A1,…,AqA_1,\dots,A_qA1​,…,Aq​ of ΩN\Omega^NΩN,

∫qf(A1,…,Aq,x) dP(x)≤1∏i≤qP(Ai)(3.1.2),\int q^{f(A_1,\dots,A_q,x)}\,dP(x)\le\frac{1}{\prod_{i\le q}P(A_i)}\qquad(3.1.2),∫qf(A1​,…,Aq​,x)dP(x)≤∏i≤q​P(Ai​)1​(3.1.2),

and in particular, for A⊆ΩNA\subseteq\Omega^NA⊆ΩN and k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

P({f(A,…,A,x)≥k})≤1qk P(A)q(3.1.3).P(\{f(A,\dots,A,x)\ge k\})\le\frac{1}{q^k\,P(A)^q}\qquad(3.1.3).P({f(A,…,A,x)≥k})≤qkP(A)q1​(3.1.3).

The constant is exact: the base of the exponential moment is qqq itself, and the dimension NNN does not appear.

Milestones on the way

  1. Lemma 3.1.2: for 1/q≤g≤11/q\le g\le11/q≤g≤1, ∫g−1 dμ (∫g dμ)q≤1\int g^{-1}\,d\mu\,(\int g\,d\mu)^q\le1∫g−1dμ(∫gdμ)q≤1.
  2. Corollary 3.1.3: for 0≤gi≤10\le g_i\le10≤gi​≤1, ∫min⁡i≤q(q,1/gi) dμ∏i≤q∫gi dμ≤1\int\min_{i\le q}(q,1/g_i)\,d\mu\prod_{i\le q}\int g_i\,d\mu\le1∫mini≤q​(q,1/gi​)dμ∏i≤q​∫gi​dμ≤1.
  3. Eq. (3.1.6): the two pointwise comparisons between fff on ΩN+1\Omega^{N+1}ΩN+1 and fff on ΩN\Omega^NΩN for sections and projections of the sets.

Sharpening (Section 3.2)

  1. Eq. (3.2.2): a(q,α)a(q,\alpha)a(q,α) is well defined.
  2. Eq. (3.2.1): ∫a(q,α)f(A1,…,Aq,x) dP(x)≤1/∏i≤qP(Ai)α\int a(q,\alpha)^{f(A_1,\dots,A_q,x)}\,dP(x)\le1/\prod_{i\le q}P(A_i)^\alpha∫a(q,α)f(A1​,…,Aq​,x)dP(x)≤1/∏i≤q​P(Ai​)α for α>1\alpha>1α>1.
  3. Proposition 3.2.1: there is a universal q0q_0q0​ such that for q≥q0q\ge q_0q≥q0​
P({f(A,…,A,x)≥k})≤(e(e−1) qlog⁡q)k(1P(A))qlog⁡q.P(\{f(A,\dots,A,x)\ge k\})\le\Big(\frac{e}{(e-1)\,q\log q}\Big)^k\Big(\frac1{P(A)}\Big)^{q\log q}.P({f(A,…,A,x)≥k})≤((e−1)qlogqe​)k(P(A)1​)qlogq.

Significance

Theorem 3.1.1 gives an exponential tail for f(A,…,A,x)f(A,\dots,A,x)f(A,…,A,x) whose rate q−kq^{-k}q−k is independent of the dimension NNN and of the space Ω\OmegaΩ. Applied with a set AAA of probability at least 1/21/21/2, it says that outside an event of probability 2qq−k2^q q^{-k}2qq−k a random point agrees, on all but kkk coordinates, with one of qqq points of AAA. This is the form in which the memoir (Chapter 13) bounds the tail of ∥∑i≤NXi∥\|\sum_{i\le N}X_i\|∥∑i≤N​Xi​∥ for independent Banach-space valued XiX_iXi​: taking A={∥∑ixi∥≤a}A=\{\|\sum_i x_i\|\le a\}A={∥∑i​xi​∥≤a}, on most of the space the sum is controlled by qqq points of AAA up to the kkk largest terms. Proposition 3.2.1 shows the base can be improved from qqq to order qlog⁡qq\log qqlogq for large qqq, and the memoir's example on Ω={0,1}\Omega=\{0,1\}Ω={0,1} shows that this is sharp up to a universal constant in the base.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces reusable Lean infrastructure for the induction method on product measures (sections and projections of subsets of ΩN+1\Omega^{N+1}ΩN+1, Fubini on Measure.pi, one-coordinate functional inequalities) that the other chapters of the memoir — the Hamming distance of Section 2, penalties of Section 3.3, the convex hull distance of Section 4 — share.

Difficulty

The inequality cannot be obtained by a union bound over choices of qqq points or by a coordinate-wise martingale argument with bounded differences: both lose a factor depending on NNN, while (3.1.2) has none. The induction on NNN needs a functional inequality on one coordinate that holds uniformly over qqq functions at once, with the exact constant qqq, and the induction step has to pass through the projections BiB_iBi​ of the sets — which, for measurable AiA_iAi​, need not be measurable. The exact constant e/((e−1)qlog⁡q)e/((e-1)q\log q)e/((e−1)qlogq) in Proposition 3.2.1 additionally requires quantitative control of the root of (3.2.2) as q→∞q\to\inftyq→∞.

Formalization scope

  • ΩN\Omega^NΩN is Fin N → Ω (coordinates 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-10,…,N−1), PPP is Measure.pi (fun _ => μ) with [IsProbabilityMeasure μ], and (x,ω)∈ΩN+1(x,\omega)\in\Omega^{N+1}(x,ω)∈ΩN+1 is Fin.snoc x ω.
  • fff is computed as an infimum in ℕ∞, so an empty AjA_jAj​ gives +∞+\infty+∞, not 000; q+∞=+∞q^{+\infty}=+\inftyq+∞=+∞; integrals are ∫⁻ and probabilities are in ℝ≥0∞, where 1/0=+∞1/0=+\infty1/0=+∞. Hence the degenerate case P(Ai)=0P(A_i)=0P(Ai​)=0 makes the right sides infinite and cannot trivialize any statement.
  • The memoir ignores measurability and prints (3.2.1) with an upper integral. The formal statements take the sets measurable and assume x↦f(A1,…,Aq,x)x\mapsto f(A_1,\dots,A_q,x)x↦f(A1​,…,Aq​,x) measurable, which is the memoir's stated convention (Section 2.1).
  • q≥2q\ge2q≥2 is a hypothesis of every statement; in Proposition 3.2.1 the constant q0q_0q0​ is quantified before every other object, so it is universal.
  • a(q,α)a(q,\alpha)a(q,α) is defined as sup⁡{x>1:x+qαx−1/α≤1+qα}\sup\{x>1: x+q\alpha x^{-1/\alpha}\le1+q\alpha\}sup{x>1:x+qαx−1/α≤1+qα}; that this is the unique root is a milestone, not an assumption.

A complete development needs the induction step over Measure.pi on Fin (N+1) (splitting off the last coordinate), measurability of sections, and the one-coordinate inequalities. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publications Mathématiques de l'IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02699376
  • M. Talagrand, A new look at independence, Annals of Probability 24 (1996), 1–34. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1042644705
  • M. Talagrand, Isoperimetry and integrability of the sum of independent Banach-space valued random variables, Annals of Probability 17 (1989), 1546–1570 (reference [T2] of the memoir).
  • M. Ledoux, The Concentration of Measure Phenomenon, Mathematical Surveys and Monographs 89, AMS, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1090/surv/089
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces III: Penalties — Exponential Moments of the Penalized Distance f_h(A, x)Textbook

Motivation

Concentration of measure in a product space ΩN\Omega^NΩN asks how much of the space lies close to a set AAA of non-negligible probability. In the simplest setting closeness is the Hamming distance: the number of coordinates of xxx that cannot be matched by a point of AAA. Talagrand's 1995 memoir in Publications Mathématiques de l'IHÉS develops a family of such inequalities with one method, induction over the number of coordinates, and applies them to combinatorial optimization, random graphs, spin glasses and sums of Banach-space-valued random vectors.

Counting a missed coordinate as 111 ignores how far apart the two coordinate values are. Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of the memoir replace the unit cost by a penalty h(xi,yi)h(x_i, y_i)h(xi​,yi​) that depends on the values being matched. The resulting bounds have the shape of Bernstein's inequality: a Gaussian tail for moderate deviations, governed by the L2L^2L2 size of the penalty, and an exponential tail for large ones, governed by its sup norm. Theorem 2.4.1 is used again in Chapter 11 of the memoir, Corollary 2.4.4 in the study of the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model in Chapter 12, and Theorem 2.5.1 in Section 11.5.

Setting

Let (Ω,μ)(\Omega, \mu)(Ω,μ) be a probability space, N≥0N \ge 0N≥0 an integer, and P=μ⊗NP = \mu^{\otimes N}P=μ⊗N the product probability on ΩN\Omega^NΩN. A penalty is a measurable function h:Ω×Ω→[0,∞)h : \Omega \times \Omega \to [0, \infty)h:Ω×Ω→[0,∞) with h(ω,ω)=0h(\omega, \omega) = 0h(ω,ω)=0 for every ω\omegaω (the paper's standing assumption (2.4.2)). For A⊆ΩNA \subseteq \Omega^NA⊆ΩN and x∈ΩNx \in \Omega^Nx∈ΩN the penalized distance is

fh(A,x)=inf⁡{∑i≤Nh(xi,yi) 1{xi≠yi}  ;  y∈A},f_h(A, x) = \inf\Big\{ \sum_{i \le N} h(x_i, y_i)\,\mathbf 1_{\{x_i \ne y_i\}} \;;\; y \in A \Big\},fh​(A,x)=inf{i≤N∑​h(xi​,yi​)1{xi​=yi​}​;y∈A},

with fh(∅,x)=+∞f_h(\emptyset, x) = +\inftyfh​(∅,x)=+∞. For h=1h = 1h=1 off the diagonal this is the Hamming distance. Theorem 2.4.1 also uses the symmetrized penalty v(ω,ω′)=max⁡(h(ω,ω′),h(ω′,ω))v(\omega, \omega') = \max(h(\omega, \omega'), h(\omega', \omega))v(ω,ω′)=max(h(ω,ω′),h(ω′,ω)).

Section 2.5 measures the penalty against sets: for B⊆ΩB \subseteq \OmegaB⊆Ω,

h(ω,B)=inf⁡{h(ω,ω′)  ;  ω′∈B},h(\omega, B) = \inf\{ h(\omega, \omega') \;;\; \omega' \in B \},h(ω,B)=inf{h(ω,ω′);ω′∈B},

the infimum being over the second variable, as in fhf_hfh​. The one-coordinate steps of the two inductions use the transforms g^(x)=inf⁡y(g(y)+t h(x,y))\hat g(x) = \inf_{y}(g(y) + t\,h(x,y))g^​(x)=infy​(g(y)+th(x,y)) (2.4.5) and g^(x)=inf⁡s>0s+t h(x,Bs)\hat g(x) = \inf_{s>0} s + t\,h(x, B_s)g^​(x)=infs>0​s+th(x,Bs​) with Bs={g≤s}B_s = \{g \le s\}Bs​={g≤s} (2.5.7), for a function g≥0g \ge 0g≥0 on Ω\OmegaΩ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4.1

For each measurable A⊆ΩNA \subseteq \Omega^NA⊆ΩN and each t>0t > 0t>0 with ∬exp⁡th(x,y) dμ(x) dμ(y)<∞\iint \exp t h(x,y)\, d\mu(x)\, d\mu(y) < \infty∬expth(x,y)dμ(x)dμ(y)<∞,

∫ΩNetfh(A,x) dP(x)≤1P(A)(12∫Ω2(etv(ω,ω′)+e−tv(ω,ω′)) dμ(ω) dμ(ω′))N.\int_{\Omega^N} e^{t f_h(A,x)}\, dP(x) \le \frac{1}{P(A)} \Big( \frac12 \int_{\Omega^2} \big(e^{t v(\omega,\omega')} + e^{-t v(\omega,\omega')}\big)\, d\mu(\omega)\, d\mu(\omega') \Big)^N.∫ΩN​etfh​(A,x)dP(x)≤P(A)1​(21​∫Ω2​(etv(ω,ω′)+e−tv(ω,ω′))dμ(ω)dμ(ω′))N.

It is the most general exponential-moment bound of the section; every tail bound of Section 2.4 is derived from it.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.4.2, the one-coordinate inequality ∫eg^ dμ∫e−g dμ≤12∬(etv+e−tv) dμ dμ\int e^{\hat g}\, d\mu \int e^{-g}\, d\mu \le \frac12 \iint (e^{tv} + e^{-tv})\, d\mu\, d\mu∫eg^​dμ∫e−gdμ≤21​∬(etv+e−tv)dμdμ for g≥0g \ge 0g≥0.
  2. Theorem 2.4.3: if ∬eh<∞\iint e^{h} < \infty∬eh<∞, then for 0≤t≤10 \le t \le 10≤t≤1
∫etfh(A,x) dP(x)≤1P(A)exp⁡(Nt2∬(eh+e−h−2) dμ dμ).\int e^{t f_h(A,x)}\, dP(x) \le \frac{1}{P(A)} \exp\Big( N t^2 \iint (e^{h} + e^{-h} - 2)\, d\mu\, d\mu \Big).∫etfh​(A,x)dP(x)≤P(A)1​exp(Nt2∬(eh+e−h−2)dμdμ).
  1. Corollary 2.4.4: if ∬eh≤2\iint e^{h} \le 2∬eh≤2, then P(fh(A,⋅)≥u)≤P(A)−1e−u2/4NP(f_h(A,\cdot) \ge u) \le P(A)^{-1} e^{-u^2/4N}P(fh​(A,⋅)≥u)≤P(A)−1e−u2/4N for 0≤u≤2N0 \le u \le 2N0≤u≤2N.
  2. Corollary 2.4.5: if ∥h∥∞=sup⁡h<∞\|h\|_\infty = \sup h < \infty∥h∥∞​=suph<∞, then
P(fh(A,⋅)≥u)≤1P(A)exp⁡(−min⁡(u28N∥h∥22, u2∥h∥∞)).P(f_h(A,\cdot) \ge u) \le \frac{1}{P(A)} \exp\Big( -\min\Big( \frac{u^2}{8N\|h\|_2^2},\ \frac{u}{2\|h\|_\infty} \Big) \Big).P(fh​(A,⋅)≥u)≤P(A)1​exp(−min(8N∥h∥22​u2​, 2∥h∥∞​u​)).
  1. Proposition 2.5.2, the one-coordinate inequality ∫eg^ dμ∫e−g dμ≤e3t2\int e^{\hat g}\, d\mu \int e^{-g}\, d\mu \le e^{3t^2}∫eg^​dμ∫e−gdμ≤e3t2 for the transform (2.5.7), under condition (2.5.2) below.
  2. Theorem 2.5.1: if ∫Ωexp⁡2h(x,B) dμ(x)≤e/μ(B)\int_\Omega \exp 2h(x, B)\, d\mu(x) \le e/\mu(B)∫Ω​exp2h(x,B)dμ(x)≤e/μ(B) for each B⊆ΩB \subseteq \OmegaB⊆Ω (condition (2.5.2)), then for 0≤t≤10 \le t \le 10≤t≤1
∫etfh(A,x) dP(x)≤e3t2NP(A).\int e^{t f_h(A,x)}\, dP(x) \le \frac{e^{3t^2 N}}{P(A)}.∫etfh​(A,x)dP(x)≤P(A)e3t2N​.

Significance

The results. Theorem 2.4.1 turns a single integrability condition on the penalty into a bound on the exponential moment of the distance to any set, uniform over all sets of a given probability and factorized over coordinates. Chebyshev's inequality then gives the Bernstein-type tails of Corollaries 2.4.4 and 2.4.5, which hold for every set AAA, not only for half-spaces or for sums of independent variables. Theorem 2.5.1 replaces exponential integrability of hhh by condition (2.5.2) on the set functional h(x,B)h(x, B)h(x,B), which is much weaker: when Ω\OmegaΩ is itself a product of mmm spaces, m−1/2m^{-1/2}m−1/2 times the Hamming distance on Ω\OmegaΩ satisfies (2.5.2) but not (2.4.12). Applied to blocks of coordinates, it shows that the coordinates a typical point misses in AAA are concentrated in few blocks.

Formalizing them. All six results are proved in the memoir with short arguments. None of them has a machine-checked proof. A complete development would give a general-alphabet version of Talagrand's induction on product measures, written once for a cost function, that later chapters (the qqq-point control, the convex-hull distance) also rely on.

Difficulty

The induction over NNN requires a one-coordinate inequality whose right-hand side does not depend on the set. The difficulty is that the natural one-coordinate quantity, a section measure P(A(ω))P(A(\omega))P(A(ω)), can vanish on part of Ω\OmegaΩ, so the function g=−log⁡P(A(ω))g = -\log P(A(\omega))g=−logP(A(ω)) takes the value +∞+\infty+∞, and a statement proved for finite ggg must be extended by truncation. The other subtle point is measure theoretic: fh(A,⋅)f_h(A, \cdot)fh​(A,⋅) need not be measurable even when AAA is, and the paper's convention of ignoring measurability has to be matched by explicit hypotheses. In Section 2.5 the integrand x↦h(x,B)x \mapsto h(x, B)x↦h(x,B) in condition (2.5.2) may be non-measurable for the sets the proof uses, and Fubini's theorem is applied to the function (x,y)↦h(x,Bg(y))(x, y) \mapsto h(x, B_{g(y)})(x,y)↦h(x,Bg(y)​).

Formalization scope

Points of ΩN\Omega^NΩN are functions Fin N → Ω (coordinates indexed from 000), PPP is Measure.pi (fun _ => μ) for a probability measure μ, and double integrals are over μ.prod μ. The penalty is a real function h : Ω → Ω → ℝ with explicit hypotheses h≥0h \ge 0h≥0, h(ω,ω)=0h(\omega,\omega) = 0h(ω,ω)=0 and joint measurability, in every statement. The distance fhf_hfh​ is defined by (2.4.1) with the indicator and takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so fh(∅,x)=+∞f_h(\emptyset, x) = +\inftyfh​(∅,x)=+∞; likewise h(ω,B)h(\omega, B)h(ω,B) and the transform (2.5.7). All integrals are Lebesgue integrals of [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions, e+∞=+∞e^{+\infty} = +\inftye+∞=+∞, and 1/P(A)=+∞1/P(A) = +\infty1/P(A)=+∞ when P(A)=0P(A) = 0P(A)=0.

Measurability follows the paper's convention (pp. 81–82) as explicit hypotheses: AAA is measurable and x↦fh(A,x)x \mapsto f_h(A, x)x↦fh​(A,x) is measurable; in the propositions, ggg and g^\hat gg^​ are measurable. Condition (2.5.2) is stated for every subset BBB with the upper integral ∫∗\int^*∫∗, which the paper prescribes when measurability fails. In Corollary 2.4.5, the quotients are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a quotient by ∥h∥2=0\|h\|_2 = 0∥h∥2​=0, ∥h∥∞=0\|h\|_\infty = 0∥h∥∞​=0 or N=0N = 0N=0 is +∞+\infty+∞ when its numerator is positive. The bound is +∞+\infty+∞ when P(A)=0P(A)=0P(A)=0, as the printed factor 1/P(A)1/P(A)1/P(A) intends. No statement is restricted to a finite or countable Ω\OmegaΩ: restricting it would turn the general theorems into their finite-alphabet special cases. Dropping h(x,x)=0h(x,x) = 0h(x,x)=0 or defining the distance by a real infimum (whose value on the empty set is 000) would change the theorems and is ruled out.

A complete development needs product measures on Fin (N+1) → Ω split as ΩN×Ω\Omega^N \times \OmegaΩN×Ω, sections of measurable sets, Tonelli's theorem, and the elementary convexity inequalities used in the proofs; the induction scaffold is reusable for the other distance functionals of the memoir. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the extension of Proposition 2.4.2 to ggg with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], which the paper states without number on p. 92.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publications Mathématiques de l'IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02699376
  • M. Talagrand, A new look at independence, Annals of Probability 24 (1996), 1–34. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1042644705
  • M. Ledoux, The Concentration of Measure Phenomenon, Mathematical Surveys and Monographs 89, AMS, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1090/surv/089
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Aspects of the Sequential Design of Experiments I: Greedy Sampling with Density-Zero Forced Draws Earns max(α, β) per Draw from Any Two Populations with Finite MeansResearch Paper

Motivation

An experimenter can draw observations from two populations AAA and BBB, one at a time, and wants the sum of the observations to be as large as possible. The populations might be two treatments, two seed varieties or two manufacturing processes; their means are unknown. Each draw both earns a reward and tells the experimenter something about the population it came from. This is the two-armed bandit problem. Herbert Robbins posed it in its modern form in his 1952 address to the American Mathematical Society, Some aspects of the sequential design of experiments, the paper usually credited with founding the field.

Section 2 of that paper asks a basic question (display (12), p. 532): is there any sampling rule whose average reward per draw approaches the larger of the two means, whatever the populations are? Robbins answers yes, for any two populations with finite means, using one explicit rule: forced sampling along a sparse schedule, greedy choice otherwise. This mission formalizes that answer.

Timeline:

  • 1933. Thompson proposes a randomized rule for choosing between two treatments (Biometrika 25).
  • 1952. Robbins states the problem for general populations and gives the rule Rˉ\bar RRˉ with lim⁡nLn(A,B,Rˉ)=0\lim_n L_n(A,B,\bar R) = 0limn​Ln​(A,B,Rˉ)=0 for any two populations with finite means. The argument is only indicated ("it can be shown").
  • 1985. Lai and Robbins replace o(n)o(n)o(n) loss by the optimal logarithmic regret for parametric families (Adv. Appl. Math. 6).
  • 2020. Lattimore and Szepesvári give the textbook account of explore-then-commit and ε\varepsilonε-greedy rules, which descend from forced sampling (Bandit Algorithms).

Setting

Population AAA has distribution function FFF and population BBB has GGG, with expectations

α=∫−∞∞x dF(x),β=∫−∞∞x dG(x),\alpha = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} x\,dF(x), \qquad \beta = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} x\,dG(x),α=∫−∞∞​xdF(x),β=∫−∞∞​xdG(x),

assumed to exist, i.e. to be finite (display (1), p. 529). Nothing else is assumed about FFF and GGG.

A sampling rule RRR draws x1,x2,…x_1, x_2, \dotsx1​,x2​,… one at a time; the population of the iii-th draw may depend on x1,…,xi−1x_1, \dots, x_{i-1}x1​,…,xi−1​, and given that choice xix_ixi​ is a fresh draw from the chosen population. Write Sn=x1+⋯+xnS_n = x_1 + \cdots + x_nSn​=x1​+⋯+xn​. The loss of RRR after nnn draws (display (9), p. 531) is

Ln(A,B,R)=max⁡(α,β)−E ⁣(Snn),L_n(A, B, R) = \max(\alpha, \beta) - E\!\left(\frac{S_n}{n}\right),Ln​(A,B,R)=max(α,β)−E(nSn​​),

the average shortfall per draw compared with someone who knows the better population and samples only from it.

The forcing schedule (display (13), p. 532) is a pair of disjoint, strictly increasing sequences of positive integers

1=a1<a2<⋯ ,2=b1<b2<⋯1 = a_1 < a_2 < \cdots, \qquad 2 = b_1 < b_2 < \cdots1=a1​<a2​<⋯,2=b1​<b2​<⋯

of density zero: the fraction of the integers 1,…,n1, \dots, n1,…,n that are an aaa or a bbb tends to 000.

The rule Rˉ\bar RRˉ: at draw iii, sample AAA if iii is an aaa, sample BBB if iii is a bbb, and otherwise sample AAA if the mean of the previous observations from AAA is strictly larger than the mean of the previous observations from BBB, and BBB if it is not (a tie goes to BBB).

Formalization targets

Goal: Section 2, Eq. (16)

For every pair of populations with finite means and every forcing schedule,

lim⁡n→∞Ln(A,B,Rˉ)=0.\lim_{n\to\infty} L_n(A, B, \bar R) = 0.n→∞lim​Ln​(A,B,Rˉ)=0.

The goal is about the specific rule Rˉ\bar RRˉ and every schedule, not about the mere existence of a rule. It contains no rate and no constant, so it stays valid when the rule is analysed more finely.

Milestone: Eq. (14), almost-sure average

lim⁡n→∞Snn=max⁡(α,β)with probability 1.\lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{S_n}{n} = \max(\alpha, \beta) \quad\text{with probability } 1.n→∞lim​nSn​​=max(α,β)with probability 1.

Milestone: Eq. (15), expected average

lim⁡n→∞E ⁣(Snn)=max⁡(α,β).\lim_{n\to\infty} E\!\left(\frac{S_n}{n}\right) = \max(\alpha, \beta).n→∞lim​E(nSn​​)=max(α,β).

The goal follows from (15) by the definition (9); the paper's chain is (14) ⇒ (15) ⇒ (16).

Significance

The result. The theorem answers question (12) and shows that "learning while earning" costs nothing in the long run, per draw, under no assumption beyond finite means: no bounded support, no variance, no parametric family. It is the first consistency result for an adaptive allocation rule, and it fixes the benchmark later refined by logarithmic-regret theory. In modern terms, a forced-exploration greedy policy has regret o(n)o(n)o(n) on every two-armed bandit with integrable rewards.

Formalizing it. The paper gives no proof; it says the results "can be shown". A machine-checked proof records the argument in full. The platform already has finite-horizon regret bounds for ε\varepsilonε-greedy with bounded rewards (FoundationsRL.Bandits.epsilon_greedy_regret_bound), consistency in the stronger Lai–Robbins sense as a definition (ConsistentBanditPolicy), and a forced-sample tail bound for the Lasso bandit (BastaniBayati.LassoBandit.forced_sample_estimator_tail). None of these covers a deterministic greedy rule, almost-sure convergence, or unbounded rewards with only a first moment, and none of them proves (14)–(16).

Difficulty

The obvious argument is: each population is sampled infinitely often because of the forced draws, so each running mean converges by the strong law, so greedy eventually picks the better population, and the forced draws are negligible. Two steps are not routine.

First, the strong law applies to i.i.d. sequences, while the observations from AAA arrive at random, history-dependent times. The values seen from AAA have to be identified, in law, with an i.i.d. sequence that is independent of the times at which they are used.

Second, passing from (14) to (15) needs uniform integrability of Sn/nS_n/nSn​/n, and only first moments are available. No second moment is assumed, so variance bounds are not available.

When α=β\alpha = \betaα=β greedy need not settle on either population; the statement must hold anyway, and an argument that waits for greedy to "lock in" does not cover this case.

Formalization scope

The populations are a published two-armed BanditAlgorithm.StochasticBandit 2. AAA is arm 0 and BBB is arm 1; α\alphaα and β\betaβ are banditArmMean. A rule is a published BanditPolicy 2, and EEE is the integral against the published infinite-horizon law banditTrajMeasure, whose coordinate ttt is the paper's draw t+1t+1t+1. Explicit readings of the paper's phrases:

  • "the expectations exist" means both reward laws are Integrable. This is the only assumption on the populations: the class DDD of the paper is left arbitrary, and α=β\alpha = \betaα=β is allowed.
  • "density 0" means #({1,…,n} ∩ (range a ∪ range b)) / n → 0 in R\mathbb RR. The sequences are infinite and 0-indexed (a 0 = 1, b 0 = 2).
  • "according as … exceeds or does not exceed": AAA exactly when meanA_AA​ > meanB_BB​, so ties go to BBB.
  • "with probability 1" is ∀ᵐ under the trajectory law, and "lim" is Tendsto … atTop along n∈Nn \in \mathbb Nn∈N.
  • Sn/nS_n/nSn​/n uses real division; its value at n=0n = 0n=0 plays no role.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded. Without integrability the means and expectations are junk zeros; this is ruled out by the integrability hypothesis. Replacing Rˉ\bar RRˉ by "there exists a rule" would weaken the goal to (12). Finite forcing sets would make the statement false.

The needed infrastructure is a representation of the adaptive sampling process by per-population i.i.d. reward sequences, the strong law along random subsequences, and a uniform-integrability argument for averages under only a first moment. All three are reusable for other forced-exploration and greedy policies. Contributions of these general lemmas as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Robbins, Some aspects of the sequential design of experiments, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 58(5) (1952), 527–535. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1952-09620-8
  • W. R. Thompson, On the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples, Biometrika 25 (1933), 285–294. https://doi.org/10.2307/2332286
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Adv. Appl. Math. 6 (1985), 4–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • T. Lattimore and Cs. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Regenerative Stochastic Processes 1: The State Probabilities of an Aperiodic Equilibrium Process Converge to (1/μ₁)∫φ_A(v){1 − F(v)}dvResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic systems studied in operations research "start afresh" at certain random instants: a single-server queue each time a customer arrives to find the server idle, an inventory system each time stock is replenished to its order level, a reliability system each time a failed unit is replaced. Between such instants the system may evolve in a complicated way, but its future after one of them does not depend on its past. W. L. Smith's 1955 paper Regenerative stochastic processes made this idea into a general theory. Its first main result, Theorem 2, says that the state probabilities of such a process converge as time grows, and gives the limit explicitly in terms of the behaviour of the process within one cycle and the law of the cycle length.

This limit theorem is the standard way of proving that a queue, an inventory or a reliability model has a limiting distribution and of computing it: one exhibits regeneration points and evaluates one cycle.

Timeline.

  • 1948: Blackwell proves that the renewal function of a non-lattice renewal process has increments H(t+h)−H(t)→h/μ1H(t+h) - H(t) \to h/\mu_1H(t+h)−H(t)→h/μ1​ (Duke Math. J. 15).
  • 1949: Erdős, Feller and Pollard prove the discrete (lattice) renewal theorem.
  • 1954: Smith proves the key renewal theorem for bounded, non-increasing, integrable kernels, and a version for kernels tending to zero when some convolution power of the cycle law has an absolutely continuous part (Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh A 64).
  • 1955: Smith introduces regenerative and equilibrium processes and proves Theorem 2 (this paper).

Setting

A general renewal process is a sequence t0,t1,t2,…t_0, t_1, t_2, \dotst0​,t1​,t2​,… of independent non-negative random variables in which t1,t2,…t_1, t_2, \dotst1​,t2​,… have a common law FFF, not concentrated at 000, with mean μ1=∫x dF(x)∈(0,∞]\mu_1 = \int x\,dF(x) \in (0,\infty]μ1​=∫xdF(x)∈(0,∞], and the delay t0t_0t0​ has a law KKK. The regeneration epochs are Tk=t0+⋯+tkT_k = t_0 + \dots + t_kTk​=t0​+⋯+tk​, and ntn_tnt​ is the number of epochs in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. The renewal measure is

HK=∑n≥0K∗F∗n,H_K = \sum_{n \ge 0} K * F^{*n},HK​=n≥0∑​K∗F∗n,

so that HK([0,t])=E ntH_K([0,t]) = \mathbb E\, n_tHK​([0,t])=Ent​. The law FFF is periodic with period ϖ>0\varpi > 0ϖ>0 if all its mass sits on {0,ϖ,2ϖ,… }\{0, \varpi, 2\varpi, \dots\}{0,ϖ,2ϖ,…}; otherwise ϖ=0\varpi = 0ϖ=0 and FFF is aperiodic. FFF belongs to the class S\mathfrak SS if some convolution power F∗kF^{*k}F∗k, k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, has a non-zero absolutely continuous component.

An equilibrium process E(z,A,{ti})\mathcal E(\mathfrak z, \mathcal A, \{t_i\})E(z,A,{ti​}) consists of a process xtx_txt​ on a measurable state space X\mathfrak XX, a class A\mathcal AA of measurable sets of states, a family of probability measures P{⋅∣z}P\{\cdot \mid z\}P{⋅∣z} indexed by boundary conditions z∈zz \in \mathfrak zz∈z, and under each of them a general renewal process whose cycle law FFF does not depend on zzz and whose delay has law KzK_zKz​. For each A∈AA \in \mathcal AA∈A there is a measurable function φA\varphi_AφA​, depending on AAA only, such that

P{xt∈A∣z; nt>0; Lt}=φA(t−Lt),P\{x_t \in A \mid z;\ n_t > 0;\ L_t\} = \varphi_A(t - L_t),P{xt​∈A∣z; nt​>0; Lt​}=φA​(t−Lt​),

where LtL_tLt​ is the epoch of the last regeneration at or before ttt. In words: once a regeneration has occurred, the chance of being in AAA at time ttt depends only on the time elapsed since the last one.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

If the process is aperiodic (ϖ=0\varpi = 0ϖ=0) and the regeneration event is certain (Kz(+∞)=1K_z(+\infty) = 1Kz​(+∞)=1), then for every zzz and every A∈AA \in \mathcal AA∈A satisfying one of the regularity conditions (iv)′'′ (φA{1−F}\varphi_A\{1-F\}φA​{1−F} integrable and monotonic), (iv)a′′''_aa′′​ (μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ and φA{1−F}\varphi_A\{1-F\}φA​{1−F} of locally bounded variation) or (iv)b′′''_bb′′​ (μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ and F∈SF \in \mathfrak SF∈S),

lim⁡t→∞P{xt∈A∣z}=1μ1∫0∞φA(v){1−F(v)} dv,\lim_{t\to\infty} P\{x_t \in A \mid z\} = \frac{1}{\mu_1} \int_0^\infty \varphi_A(v)\{1 - F(v)\}\,dv,t→∞lim​P{xt​∈A∣z}=μ1​1​∫0∞​φA​(v){1−F(v)}dv,

the limit being 000 when μ1=∞\mu_1 = \inftyμ1​=∞.

Milestones

  1. Theorem A(a), the key renewal theorem: for bounded, non-increasing, integrable Ψ\PsiΨ and aperiodic FFF, ∫0tΨ(t−t′) dHK(t′)→(K(+∞)/μ1)∫0∞Ψ\int_0^t \Psi(t-t')\,dH_K(t') \to (K(+\infty)/\mu_1)\int_0^\infty \Psi∫0t​Ψ(t−t′)dHK​(t′)→(K(+∞)/μ1​)∫0∞​Ψ.
  2. Lemma A: for F∈SF \in \mathfrak SF∈S, (1−G∗(s))/(1−F∗(s))(1 - G^*(s))/(1 - F^*(s))(1−G∗(s))/(1−F∗(s)) is the Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a function of bounded variation with net variation λ1/μ1\lambda_1/\mu_1λ1​/μ1​.
  3. Theorem 1: the same limit for bounded integrable Ψ→0\Psi \to 0Ψ→0 when F∈SF \in \mathfrak SF∈S and μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞.
  4. (3·4·3): P{xt∈A∣z}=P{xt∈A,t0>t∣z}+∫0tφA(t−τ){1−F(t−τ)} dHKz(τ)P\{x_t \in A \mid z\} = P\{x_t \in A, t_0 > t \mid z\} + \int_0^t \varphi_A(t-\tau)\{1-F(t-\tau)\}\,dH_{K_z}(\tau)P{xt​∈A∣z}=P{xt​∈A,t0​>t∣z}+∫0t​φA​(t−τ){1−F(t−τ)}dHKz​​(τ).
  5. (3·4·5): ∫t−Δtg(t−v) dHK(v)→μ1−1∫0Δg\int_{t-\Delta}^t g(t-v)\,dH_K(v) \to \mu_1^{-1}\int_0^\Delta g∫t−Δt​g(t−v)dHK​(v)→μ1−1​∫0Δ​g for the page's kernel g=φA(1−F)g=\varphi_A(1-F)g=φA​(1−F) of locally bounded variation.
  6. (3·4·7): ∫0t−Δ{1−F(t−v)} dH(v)→μ1−1∫Δ∞{1−F}\int_0^{t-\Delta}\{1-F(t-v)\}\,dH(v) \to \mu_1^{-1}\int_\Delta^\infty\{1-F\}∫0t−Δ​{1−F(t−v)}dH(v)→μ1−1​∫Δ∞​{1−F}; the limit is at most ε\varepsilonε for large enough Δ\DeltaΔ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 reduces the long-run behaviour of a regenerative system to a one-cycle computation: the limiting probability of AAA is the expected time spent in AAA during a cycle divided by the expected cycle length. It underlies the existence of limiting distributions for the waiting time in the GI/G/1 queue, the number in system in many queueing networks, inventory levels under (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policies and the availability of repairable systems, and it is the continuous-time counterpart of the ergodic theorem for positive recurrent Markov chains. The paper's later sections apply it to semi-Markov processes.

Formalizing it. The results here are classical and proved; none is machine-checked. Mathlib has measure convolution and the strong law of large numbers but no renewal measure, no Blackwell or key renewal theorem, and no regenerative process. On Prove2Me only the discrete Erdős–Feller–Pollard renewal theorem for renewal sequences is proved. A completed mission supplies the continuous-time key renewal theorem in two forms, a reusable renewal-measure interface, and a general limit theorem for regenerative processes on which queueing and inventory results can be built.

Difficulty

The decomposition (3·4·3) is a direct consequence of independence and the renewal structure. The difficulty is the key renewal theorem. Blackwell's theorem controls HKH_KHK​ on intervals of fixed length; passing from intervals to a general kernel requires the kernel to be directly Riemann integrable, which is why Theorem A asks for monotonicity and Theorem 2 lists three alternative regularity conditions. A merely integrable kernel tending to zero is not enough for a general aperiodic FFF: HKH_KHK​ may concentrate on a set where the kernel has tall narrow spikes. Theorem 1 removes monotonicity only for F∈SF \in \mathfrak SF∈S, through a Laplace-transform argument that needs Lemma A, the uniqueness theorem for Laplace transforms and the fact that the singular part of HKH_KHK​ contributes nothing in the limit. Blackwell's theorem itself, for a non-lattice law with possibly infinite mean, is not in any library and is a substantial development of its own.

Formalization scope

Laws are measures on R\mathbb RR carried by [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); the distribution function is F(t)=F((−∞,t])F(t) = F((-\infty,t])F(t)=F((−∞,t]) and 1−F(v)=F((v,∞))1 - F(v) = F((v,\infty))1−F(v)=F((v,∞)). The mean μ1\mu_1μ1​ is an extended non-negative real, so μ1=∞\mu_1 = \inftyμ1​=∞ is a value; every statement with a 1/μ11/\mu_11/μ1​ treats μ1=∞\mu_1 = \inftyμ1​=∞ and μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ as separate cases rather than relying on a default value of division. Stieltjes integrals ∫0t⋯dHK\int_0^t \cdots dH_K∫0t​⋯dHK​ are integrals against the renewal measure over the closed interval [0,t][0,t][0,t]. Aperiodicity is the lattice condition on FFF, not a density condition. The delay law KKK in Theorem A and Theorem 1 may have mass below one.

In the equilibrium process the conditional-probability representation is stated as the defining identity of conditional probability for every Borel set of last-regeneration epochs, every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, every zzz and every A∈AA \in \mathcal AA∈A. The paper writes TntT_{n_t}Tnt​​ for the last regeneration epoch, although under its own indexing that symbol is the first epoch after ttt; the formalization uses the last epoch at or before ttt. The delay t0t_0t0​ is real-valued, so the regeneration event is certain (hypothesis (iii)); improper delays and cycles, which §3 of the paper also allows, are outside this mission.

A trivializing formalization would condition only on {nt>0}\{n_t > 0\}{nt​>0} rather than on the epoch of the last regeneration, or fix μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ globally; both are ruled out, and hypothesis (iv) is imposed separately for the one set AAA of the conclusion.

Infrastructure needed: Blackwell's renewal theorem (non-lattice, finite or infinite mean), direct Riemann integrability, Laplace–Stieltjes transforms of functions of bounded variation and their uniqueness. All of these are reusable well beyond this paper; contributions of any of them are welcome. The convolution power and the Laplace–Stieltjes transform are taken from the published definition QueueingFundamentals.MG1.transforms.

Selected references

  • W. L. Smith, Regenerative stochastic processes, Proc. R. Soc. Lond. A 232 (1955), 6–31. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1955.0198
  • W. L. Smith, Asymptotic renewal theorems, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh A 64 (1954), 9–48. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0080454100007482
  • D. Blackwell, A renewal theorem, Duke Math. J. 15 (1948), 145–150. https://doi.org/10.1215/S0012-7094-48-01568-3
  • P. Erdős, W. Feller, H. Pollard, A property of power series with positive coefficients, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949), 201–204. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1949-09203-0
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003, Ch. V–VI. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97236
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Regenerative Stochastic Processes 3: A Cumulative Process Has Mean (κ₁/μ₁)t + o(t) and Variance (t/μ₁){σ₂² − 2ρσ₁σ₂κ₁/μ₁ + σ₁²(κ₁/μ₁)²} + o(t)Research Paper

Why cumulative-process moments matter

Many stochastic systems accumulate a real-valued quantity while repeatedly returning to a state at which a new cycle begins. A queue may accumulate work or cost, a component may accumulate wear, and a recurrent system may accumulate time in a state. The observations at a fixed clock time usually cut through a cycle. This makes the moments of the observed process different from the moments of a sum stopped exactly at a regeneration epoch. W. L. Smith introduced cumulative processes to state mean, variance, ergodic, and central limit results for this setting in a common language (Smith 1955, §5).

The mean growth rate describes the long-run reward per unit time. The variance growth rate also records the dependence between a cycle's length and its reward. That dependence matters in systems where unusually long cycles tend to accumulate unusually large rewards; assuming the two are independent would erase a term in Smith's formula (Smith 1955, Theorem 8). This mission targets the exact first-order mean and variance asymptotics, along with the source results Smith uses to pass from completed cycles to observations at ordinary times.

Renewal and cumulative-process setting

Work on one probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,P)(Ω,P). The cycle lengths t1,t2,…t_1,t_2,\ldotst1​,t2​,… are nonnegative, independent, identically distributed random variables whose common law is not concentrated at zero. Set T0=0T_0=0T0​=0 and Tn=t1+⋯+tnT_n=t_1+\cdots+t_nTn​=t1​+⋯+tn​ for n≥1n\geq1n≥1. Thus TnT_nTn​ is the nnnth renewal epoch after the initial renewal at time zero. For t≥0t\geq0t≥0, ntn_tnt​ counts the epochs Tk≤tT_k\leq tTk​≤t, including T0T_0T0​. The corresponding renewal function is HU(t)=E[nt]H_U(t)=\mathbb E[n_t]HU​(t)=E[nt​], where U=δ0U=\delta_0U=δ0​ is Smith's zero-delay law. These conventions come from §2·1 and §5·2 of the paper (Smith 1955, pp. 9 and 23).

A cumulative process wtw_twt​ is real valued, starts at w0=0w_0=0w0​=0, and has almost surely bounded variation on each finite nonnegative time interval. The cycle reward is yn=wTn−wTn−1y_n=w_{T_n}-w_{T_{n-1}}yn​=wTn​​−wTn−1​​. Write w~t\tilde w_tw~t​ for the total variation of the path on [0,t][0,t][0,t] and y~n\tilde y_ny~​n​ for its variation on [Tn−1,Tn][T_{n-1},T_n][Tn−1​,Tn​]. For the moment results, the cycle vectors (tn,yn,y~n)(t_n,y_n,\tilde y_n)(tn​,yn​,y~​n​) are independent and identically distributed across nnn. Their coordinates within one cycle may be dependent. This joint-cycle interpretation is required by Smith's common joint distribution for (ti,yi)(t_i,y_i)(ti​,yi​) in the proof of Lemma 5 (Smith 1955, pp. 23–24).

Let μr=E[t1r]\mu_r=\mathbb E[t_1^r]μr​=E[t1r​], κr=E[y1r]\kappa_r=\mathbb E[y_1^r]κr​=E[y1r​], and κ~r=E[y~1r]\tilde\kappa_r=\mathbb E[\tilde y_1^r]κ~r​=E[y~​1r​] when the moments exist. Put σ12=var⁡(t1)\sigma_1^2=\operatorname{var}(t_1)σ12​=var(t1​), σ22=var⁡(y1)\sigma_2^2=\operatorname{var}(y_1)σ22​=var(y1​), and c=cov⁡(t1,y1)c=\operatorname{cov}(t_1,y_1)c=cov(t1​,y1​). Smith writes c=ρσ1σ2c=\rho\sigma_1\sigma_2c=ρσ1​σ2​, with ρ\rhoρ the cycle length–reward correlation. The covariance remains defined when either variance is zero. The auxiliary sum Yt=∑i=1nt+1yiY_t=\sum_{i=1}^{n_t+1}y_iYt​=∑i=1nt​+1​yi​ includes a reward beyond the cycles completed by time ttt, exactly as in (5·2·1) (Smith 1955, p. 23).

Formalization targets

The first target is the mean part of Theorem 8. If μ1\mu_1μ1​ and κ~1\tilde\kappa_1κ~1​ are finite, then

Ewt=κ1μ1t+o(t)(t→∞).\mathbb E w_t=\frac{\kappa_1}{\mu_1}t+o(t)\qquad(t\to\infty).Ewt​=μ1​κ1​​t+o(t)(t→∞).

The goal includes the variance part under the additional assumptions μ2<∞\mu_2<\inftyμ2​<∞ and κ~2<∞\tilde\kappa_2<\inftyκ~2​<∞:

var⁡(wt)=tμ1{σ22−2cκ1μ1+σ12(κ1μ1)2}+o(t).\operatorname{var}(w_t)=\frac{t}{\mu_1} \left\{\sigma_2^2-2c\frac{\kappa_1}{\mu_1} +\sigma_1^2\left(\frac{\kappa_1}{\mu_1}\right)^2\right\}+o(t).var(wt​)=μ1​t​{σ22​−2cμ1​κ1​​+σ12​(μ1​κ1​​)2}+o(t).

Both limits are along real time, and neither assumes that a cycle's length and reward are independent. The milestone list contains the mean and variance limits for YtY_tYt​, the cycle-moment estimate used for the incomplete cycle, and Theorem 8(i) as the explicit mean target (Smith 1955, Lemmas 4, 5, 9 and Theorem 8).

What the result supplies

The theorem gives a linear approximation to the process's expected value and variance, with errors smaller than the observation horizon. The leading variance coefficient separates reward variability, cycle-length variability, and their covariance. It can therefore be used without a false independence assumption when the duration of a cycle affects the amount accumulated during it. The formulas are first-order statements; they do not claim a bounded error or a limiting distribution (Smith 1955, (5·3·6)–(5·3·7)).

Formalizing these statements requires reusable definitions of renewal counts, path variation, random-cycle rewards, and the moment conditions that make expectations and variances genuine. The statement is a draft target, not a claim that Smith's proof already has a machine-checked reconstruction. A completed development would also give formal tools for other regenerative reward models whose observations occur between renewal epochs.

Main mathematical difficulty

The auxiliary sum YtY_tYt​ is sampled at a random index, while wtw_twt​ is observed at a deterministic clock time. They differ by part of a cycle that crosses ttt. Ordinary laws for sums of a fixed number of independent rewards do not directly control either this random index or the crossing-cycle contribution. At second order, a bound on the mean difference alone does not determine the variance difference. The length–reward covariance must also survive the passage from completed cycles to the continuous-time process (Smith 1955, pp. 24–28).

Formalization scope and conventions

Lean uses real time and real-valued paths. Cycle laws are represented by random variables on one probability space; the renewal at zero is explicit. The renewal count takes the value zero on a path with infinitely many renewals before a finite time, a null event under the nondegenerate i.i.d. length law. Variation is represented by Mathlib's extended nonnegative eVariationOn and converted to a real number only under the almost-sure bounded-variation condition. The theorem states integrability of wtw_twt​ and its square as consequences of the cycle-moment assumptions, avoiding default values for divergent real integrals or variance. A finite rrrth moment is an integrability condition, not a comparison between a real number and infinity.

The paper's exact identity (5·2·2) is off by one under its own definitions of ntn_tnt​ and YtY_tYt​; the mission targets its valid asymptotic consequence (5·2·3). The last variance in the printed Lemma 5 coefficient is σ22\sigma_2^2σ22​, while Theorem 8 and the calculation require σ12\sigma_1^2σ12​. Milestone provenance retains the printed text; the Lean statements use the corrected coefficient. Lemma 9 is formalized for the absolute pppth moment E∣y1∣p\mathbb E|y_1|^pE∣y1​∣p of the cycle increment, which is the printed statement for a nonnegative cycle quantity such as the variation y~n\tilde y_ny~​n​ to which Theorem 8 applies it. Solvers may contribute the renewal and random-index estimates needed for the listed targets. A definition that makes rewards independent of cycle lengths would remove the covariance term and would not represent this mission's model.

Selected references

  • W. L. Smith, Regenerative stochastic processes, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A 232(1188):6–31, 1955. DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1955.0198.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Renewal Theory and Its Ramifications: The Elementary Renewal Theorem H(t)/t → 1/μ₁ as t → ∞, Including the Case μ₁ = ∞Research Paper

Motivation

A renewal process models the successive replacements of an article that fails and is replaced at once: light bulbs, machine components, the inter-arrival times of a queue. The central quantity is the renewal function H(t)H(t)H(t), the expected number of replacements up to time ttt. Long-run average costs of maintenance and inventory policies, the throughput of regenerative systems and the rates in renewal–reward arguments are all read off the growth of H(t)H(t)H(t). W. L. Smith's survey Renewal Theory and Its Ramifications (J. R. Statist. Soc. B, 1958) organized the field around this function and opened with its oldest general limit result, the elementary renewal theorem, proved in full in §1.2 (pp. 245–247).

Timeline.

  • 1941 — W. Feller gives the first rigorous proof of the elementary renewal theorem, through a Tauberian theorem for Laplace integrals.
  • 1946 — C. Stein proves, for general sequential sampling procedures, that the stopping index has a finite exponential moment; for renewal processes this gives finite moments of all orders of the count NtN_tNt​.
  • 1948 — J. L. Doob gives a purely probabilistic proof, through the strong law of large numbers.
  • 1958 — Smith presents Doob's proof in modified form: an identity for the residual lifetime gives the lower bound, and a truncation of the lifetimes gives the upper bound, also when the mean lifetime is infinite.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and X1,X2,…X_1, X_2, \dotsX1​,X2​,… real random variables that are mutually independent, identically distributed, non-negative, and not almost surely zero: P(Xi=0)<1P(X_i = 0) < 1P(Xi​=0)<1. Lifetimes equal to zero with positive probability are allowed.

  • The renewal epochs are S0=0S_0 = 0S0​=0 and Sn=X1+⋯+XnS_n = X_1 + \dots + X_nSn​=X1​+⋯+Xn​.
  • The counting variable NtN_tNt​ is the number of n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 with Sn≤tS_n \le tSn​≤t, the number of renewals in [0,t][0,t][0,t]; for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 it is the largest nnn with Sn≤tS_n \le tSn​≤t.
  • The renewal function is H(t)=ENtH(t) = \mathbb E N_tH(t)=ENt​ and the mean lifetime is μ1=EXi∈(0,∞]\mu_1 = \mathbb E X_i \in (0,\infty]μ1​=EXi​∈(0,∞].
  • The residual lifetime ζt\zeta_tζt​ is defined by SNt+1=t+ζtS_{N_t+1} = t + \zeta_tSNt​+1​=t+ζt​.
  • For Δ>0\Delta > 0Δ>0 the truncated process is Xi†=min⁡(Xi,Δ)X_i^\dagger = \min(X_i,\Delta)Xi†​=min(Xi​,Δ), with associated Sn†S_n^\daggerSn†​, Nt†N_t^\daggerNt†​, H†H^\daggerH†, μ1†\mu_1^\daggerμ1†​, ζt†\zeta_t^\daggerζt†​.

In Lean these are IsRenewalProcess P X, S X n, N X t, H X P t, mu1 X P, zeta X t and trunc Δ X in the namespace SmithRenewal.Elementary.

Formalization targets

Goal: the elementary renewal theorem (§1.2, p. 246)

H(t)t⟶μ1−1(t→∞),\frac{H(t)}{t} \longrightarrow \mu_1^{-1} \qquad (t \to \infty),tH(t)​⟶μ1−1​(t→∞),

with μ1≤∞\mu_1 \le \inftyμ1​≤∞ and μ1−1=0\mu_1^{-1} = 0μ1−1​=0 when μ1=∞\mu_1 = \inftyμ1​=∞. No moment beyond the first is assumed, and not even the first: the infinite-mean case is part of the goal.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's argument

  1. Stein's result (p. 245). There is θ0>0\theta_0 > 0θ0​>0 with EeθNt<∞\mathbb E e^{\theta N_t} < \inftyEeθNt​<∞ for every real θ≤θ0\theta \le \theta_0θ≤θ0​; hence NtN_tNt​ has finite moments of all orders and H(t)<∞H(t) < \inftyH(t)<∞.
  2. Equation (1.1) (p. 246). If μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞, then for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0
t+Eζt=μ1{1+H(t)}.t + \mathbb E\zeta_t = \mu_1\{1 + H(t)\}.t+Eζt​=μ1​{1+H(t)}.
  1. Lower bound (p. 246). If μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞, lim inf⁡t→∞H(t)/t≥μ1−1\liminf_{t\to\infty} H(t)/t \ge \mu_1^{-1}liminft→∞​H(t)/t≥μ1−1​.
  2. Truncation (p. 246). (Xi†)(X_i^\dagger)(Xi†​) is a renewal process, Sn†≤SnS_n^\dagger \le S_nSn†​≤Sn​, Nt†≥NtN_t^\dagger \ge N_tNt†​≥Nt​, H†(t)≥H(t)H^\dagger(t) \ge H(t)H†(t)≥H(t) and ζt†≤Δ\zeta_t^\dagger \le \Deltaζt†​≤Δ.
  3. Upper bound (p. 246). For every Δ>0\Delta > 0Δ>0,
lim sup⁡t→∞H(t)t≤lim sup⁡t→∞H†(t)t≤{μ1†}−1.\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac{H(t)}{t} \le \limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac{H^\dagger(t)}{t} \le \{\mu_1^\dagger\}^{-1}.t→∞limsup​tH(t)​≤t→∞limsup​tH†(t)​≤{μ1†​}−1.
  1. Letting Δ→∞\Delta \to \inftyΔ→∞ (p. 247). μ1†→μ1\mu_1^\dagger \to \mu_1μ1†​→μ1​ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Significance

The result. The elementary renewal theorem is the law of large numbers for the renewal function: in the long run renewals occur at mean rate 1/μ11/\mu_11/μ1​. It is the basis of the renewal–reward theorem, of long-run average cost formulas for replacement, maintenance and (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) inventory policies, and of rate computations for regenerative queues. The sharper results of Smith's survey — Blackwell's theorem (1.2) and the key renewal theorem (1.3) — refine it and reduce to it on averaging.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1941; what this mission adds is a machine-checked development of the continuous-time, real-valued renewal process in Lean, which Mathlib does not contain. Mathlib has the strong law of large numbers, independence and identical distribution, but no renewal counting process, no Wald identity and no renewal function. The platform holds a proved discrete Erdős–Feller–Pollard theorem for integer renewal sequences, a different statement about a different object; to the curators' knowledge the elementary renewal theorem for general non-negative lifetimes has not been formalized.

Difficulty

The almost-sure statement Nt/t→1/μ1N_t/t \to 1/\mu_1Nt​/t→1/μ1​ is close to the strong law, since SNt≤t<SNt+1S_{N_t} \le t < S_{N_t+1}SNt​​≤t<SNt​+1​. The obvious next step, taking expectations, fails: almost-sure convergence does not imply convergence of means, and Nt/tN_t/tNt​/t has no evident integrable dominating function. The exact relation (1.1) involves a sum with a random number of terms stopped at Nt+1N_t + 1Nt​+1, and by itself it bounds H(t)/tH(t)/tH(t)/t from one side only, because the residual lifetime ζt\zeta_tζt​ can have infinite mean. When μ1=∞\mu_1 = \inftyμ1​=∞ the relation is unavailable altogether, yet the theorem still claims a limit. Throughout, NtN_tNt​ is a priori allowed to be infinite on a null set and H(t)H(t)H(t) to be infinite, so finiteness itself is part of what must be established.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Lifetimes are X : ℕ → Ω → ℝ, with the paper's X1,X2,…X_1, X_2, \dotsX1​,X2​,… as X 0, X 1, …. IsRenewalProcess P X bundles measurability, mutual independence (iIndepFun), IdentDistrib (X i) (X 0), non-negativity at every sample point, and P {X 0 = 0} < 1. Strict positivity is not assumed.
  • Counting. NtN_tNt​ is the cardinality in ℕ∞ of {n≥1:Sn≤t}\{n \ge 1 : S_n \le t\}{n≥1:Sn​≤t}; it is 000 for t<0t < 0t<0 and may be ∞\infty∞ on a null set.
  • Expectations. H(t)H(t)H(t), μ1\mu_1μ1​ and Eζt\mathbb E\zeta_tEζt​ are lower Lebesgue integrals with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. No finiteness is presupposed; finiteness of H(t)H(t)H(t) is milestone 1.
  • Ratios and limits. H(t)/tH(t)/tH(t)/t is formed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and limits are taken as t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ along the reals; μ1−1\mu_1^{-1}μ1−1​ is the inverse in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so ∞−1=0\infty^{-1} = 0∞−1=0 is the paper's convention.
  • Residual lifetime. ζt=SNt+1−t\zeta_t = S_{N_t+1} - tζt​=SNt​+1​−t, reading NtN_tNt​ through ENat.toNat; on the null event Nt=∞N_t = \inftyNt​=∞ this is S1−tS_1 - tS1​−t, which never affects an expectation.
  • Truncation. H†H^\daggerH†, μ1†\mu_1^\daggerμ1†​, ζt†\zeta_t^\daggerζt†​ are the same definitions applied to trunc Δ X, never separate formulas.

Ruled out. A goal restricted to μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞, a renewal function defined through ∑rP(Sr≤t)\sum_r P(S_r \le t)∑r​P(Sr​≤t) or the renewal equation, or a real-valued ratio with 1/μ11/\mu_11/μ1​ in R\mathbb RR (where 1/0=01/0 = 01/0=0 and an infinite integral becomes 000) would each be a different, weaker or trivially true statement; none of them is the goal.

Needed infrastructure and welcome contributions. A Wald identity for stopping indices of i.i.d. sums with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the comparison of a renewal count with a negative binomial count; uniform-in-ttt moment bounds for NtN_tNt​; and the lim inf/lim sup squeeze in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The renewal process definitions and the Wald identity are reusable for Blackwell's theorem, the key renewal theorem and renewal–reward arguments. Alternative proofs of the goal (Feller's Tauberian route, a uniform-integrability argument) are welcome as long as they prove the stated goal.

Selected references

  • W. L. Smith, Renewal Theory and Its Ramifications, J. R. Statist. Soc. B 20(2):243–283, 1958. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1958.tb00294.x
  • W. Feller, On the integral equation of renewal theory, Ann. Math. Statist. 12(3):243–267, 1941. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177731708
  • C. Stein, A note on cumulative sums, Ann. Math. Statist. 17(4):498–499, 1946. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177730890
  • J. L. Doob, Renewal theory from the point of view of the theory of probability, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 63(3):422–438, 1948. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1948-0025098-8
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Walks in a Random Environment 1: Transience to +∞, to −∞, or Recurrence According to Σ n⁻¹P(ρ_n > 1) < ∞, Σ n⁻¹P(ρ_n < 1) < ∞, or Both Infinite (E ln σ < 0, > 0, = 0)Research Paper

Motivation

A random walk on the integers in which the probability of stepping right depends on the current site is the simplest model of motion through a disordered medium: a particle diffusing in a crystal with impurities, a molecule moving along a heterogeneous polymer, or a gene frequency drifting under fluctuating selection. When the site-dependent probabilities are themselves drawn at random, the result is a random walk in a random environment (RWRE). Fred Solomon's 1975 paper [Solomon 1975] gave the first rigorous analysis of this model on Z\mathbb ZZ with independent, identically distributed site probabilities, and its recurrence criterion opened the subject now surveyed in [Zeitouni 2004].

Timeline. Chung [Chung 1960, pp. 65–71] gave the hitting probabilities and the recurrence/transience criterion for a nearest-neighbour chain on Z\mathbb ZZ with fixed, site-dependent transition probabilities. Fluctuation theory, as presented in Chung's A Course in Probability Theory [Chung 1968, Ch. 8], characterises when a sum of i.i.d. random variables drifts to −∞-\infty−∞, to +∞+\infty+∞, or oscillates, through the series ∑1nP(Sn>0)\sum\frac1nP(S_n>0)∑n1​P(Sn​>0) and ∑1nP(Sn<0)\sum\frac1nP(S_n<0)∑n1​P(Sn​<0). Solomon (1975) combined the two to classify the RWRE on Z\mathbb ZZ, and also computed its speed and exhibited sub-ballistic and non-Gaussian behaviour. Kesten, Kozlov and Spitzer (1975) [KKS 1975] identified stable limit laws in the transient sub-ballistic regime, and Sinai (1982) [Sinai 1982] found the (log⁡n)2(\log n)^2(logn)2 scaling of the recurrent case.

Setting

Let α=(αn)n∈Z\alpha=(\alpha_n)_{n\in\mathbb Z}α=(αn​)n∈Z​ be independent, identically distributed random variables with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Given a fixed sequence a=(an)a=(a_n)a=(an​) in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (an environment), the chain MaM_aMa​ on Z\mathbb ZZ jumps from nnn to n+1n+1n+1 with probability ana_nan​ and to n−1n-1n−1 with probability βn=1−an\beta_n=1-a_nβn​=1−an​. The random walk in a random environment (Xn)n≥0(X_n)_{n\ge0}(Xn​)n≥0​ is the process obtained by first drawing α\alphaα and then running MαM_\alphaMα​ from X0=0X_0=0X0​=0; jointly,

P(α∈A, X0=x0,…,Xn=xn)=∫{α∈A}1{x0=0}∏k<nMα(xk,xk+1) dP.P(\alpha\in A,\ X_0=x_0,\dots,X_n=x_n)=\int_{\{\alpha\in A\}}\mathbf 1\{x_0=0\}\prod_{k<n}M_\alpha(x_k,x_{k+1})\,dP .P(α∈A, X0​=x0​,…,Xn​=xn​)=∫{α∈A}​1{x0​=0}k<n∏​Mα​(xk​,xk+1​)dP.

The walk is a Markov chain given the environment, but not after averaging over it. Define

σn=βnαn∈[0,∞],ρn=σ1⋯σn (n≥1),ρ−n=σ−1⋯σ−n (n≥1),\sigma_n=\frac{\beta_n}{\alpha_n}\in[0,\infty],\qquad \rho_n=\sigma_1\cdots\sigma_n\ (n\ge1),\qquad \rho_{-n}=\sigma_{-1}\cdots\sigma_{-n}\ (n\ge1),σn​=αn​βn​​∈[0,∞],ρn​=σ1​⋯σn​ (n≥1),ρ−n​=σ−1​⋯σ−n​ (n≥1),

and, for a fixed environment, the hitting probability fij=P(Xn=j for some n>0∣X0=i)f_{ij}=P(X_n=j\text{ for some }n>0\mid X_0=i)fij​=P(Xn​=j for some n>0∣X0​=i). The quantity E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is defined when the expectation of the positive or of the negative part of ln⁡σ∈[−∞,∞]\ln\sigma\in[-\infty,\infty]lnσ∈[−∞,∞] is finite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem (1.7)

Assume α0\alpha_0α0​ is not almost surely constant and either 0≤αn<10\le\alpha_n<10≤αn​<1 for all nnn or 0<αn≤10<\alpha_n\le10<αn​≤1 for all nnn. Then

∑n≥11nP(ρn>1)<∞⇒Xn→+∞,∑n≥11nP(ρn<1)<∞⇒Xn→−∞,\sum_{n\ge1}\tfrac1nP(\rho_n>1)<\infty\Rightarrow X_n\to+\infty,\qquad \sum_{n\ge1}\tfrac1nP(\rho_n<1)<\infty\Rightarrow X_n\to-\infty,n≥1∑​n1​P(ρn​>1)<∞⇒Xn​→+∞,n≥1∑​n1​P(ρn​<1)<∞⇒Xn​→−∞,

and if both series diverge, −∞=lim inf⁡Xn<lim sup⁡Xn=+∞-\infty=\liminf X_n<\limsup X_n=+\infty−∞=liminfXn​<limsupXn​=+∞, all almost surely. When E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is defined, the three cases are exactly E(ln⁡σ)<0E(\ln\sigma)<0E(lnσ)<0, >0>0>0, =0=0=0.

Milestones

Theorem (0.1): almost-sure properties of the walk in almost every fixed environment transfer to the RWRE. Lemma (1.1)(i)–(ii): the hitting probabilities fijf_{ij}fij​ in a fixed environment with 0<an<10<a_n<10<an​<1, as ratios of series in σ\sigmaσ. Lemma (1.5): in a fixed environment, ∑(ρ−n)−1\sum(\rho_{-n})^{-1}∑(ρ−n​)−1 and ∑ρn\sum\rho_n∑ρn​ decide transience to +∞+\infty+∞, to −∞-\infty−∞, or recurrence. Lemma (1.6): fluctuation theory for i.i.d. sums, including the summability of eSne^{S_n}eSn​. Two claims from the proof of (1.7) (p. 5): the boundary cases where αn\alpha_nαn​ equals 111 or 000 with positive probability, and the equivalence E(ln⁡σ)<0  ⟺  Sn→−∞  ⟺  ∑1nP(ρn>1)<∞E(\ln\sigma)<0\iff S_n\to-\infty\iff\sum\frac1nP(\rho_n>1)<\inftyE(lnσ)<0⟺Sn​→−∞⟺∑n1​P(ρn​>1)<∞ for Sn=ln⁡σ1+⋯+ln⁡σnS_n=\ln\sigma_1+\dots+\ln\sigma_nSn​=lnσ1​+⋯+lnσn​. A companion item asserts that the RWRE exists for every law of α0\alpha_0α0​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Significance

The theorem classifies the long-run behaviour of the RWRE on Z\mathbb ZZ by a condition on the law of a single site variable, with no moment assumption. It shows that the averaged drift Eα0−Eβ0E\alpha_0-E\beta_0Eα0​−Eβ0​ is not the right quantity: a walk can be recurrent or transient to the left while its average step is positive, because the criterion involves Eln⁡σE\ln\sigmaElnσ, a geometric rather than arithmetic mean. The criterion is the starting point for the speed law (Theorem (1.16) of the same paper), for the limit laws of Kesten–Kozlov–Spitzer and Sinai, and for the large-deviation theory of RWRE.

Solomon's results are proved; none of them, nor the fixed-environment criterion of Chung, is formalized in Lean. This mission produces machine-checked statements of the full trichotomy including the boundary cases σ∈{0,∞}\sigma\in\{0,\infty\}σ∈{0,∞}, of the classical hitting-probability formulas for birth–death chains on Z\mathbb ZZ, and of the fluctuation-theory criterion with infinite-valued expectations allowed.

Difficulty

The naive approach applies the law of large numbers to XnX_nXn​; it fails because the increments Xj−Xj−1X_{j}-X_{j-1}Xj​−Xj−1​ are neither independent nor stationary once the environment is averaged out. The argument must instead pass through a fixed environment, where the criterion of Lemma (1.5) involves the full random series ∑ρn\sum\rho_n∑ρn​ and ∑ρ−n−1\sum\rho_{-n}^{-1}∑ρ−n−1​, and then decide when these series converge almost surely. That step requires fluctuation theory for ln⁡ρn=∑k≤nln⁡σk\ln\rho_n=\sum_{k\le n}\ln\sigma_klnρn​=∑k≤n​lnσk​, a random walk whose steps may be infinite and may have no mean. In Lean, the main missing infrastructure is the fluctuation-theory criterion ∑1nP(Sn>0)<∞  ⟺  Sn→−∞\sum\frac1nP(S_n>0)<\infty\iff S_n\to-\infty∑n1​P(Sn​>0)<∞⟺Sn​→−∞, which Mathlib does not have, and the transfer from quenched to annealed statements for a process defined only through its cylinder laws.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace SolomonRWRE.Recurrence. The fixed-environment chain is IsChainInEnv P a i X, specified by its cylinder probabilities. The RWRE is IsRWRE P α X on an arbitrary probability space: measurable αn\alpha_nαn​ with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1] at every outcome, iIndepFun α P, identically distributed, and the joint cylinder law above. σn\sigma_nσn​, ρn\rho_nρn​, fijf_{ij}fij​ and all series are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), so "<∞<\infty<∞" and "=∞=\infty=∞" are literal; series over n≥1n\ge1n≥1 are indexed by n+1n+1n+1 in Lean. ln⁡σ\ln\sigmalnσ and SnS_nSn​ are extended reals, E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is the difference of two lower Lebesgue integrals, and "defined" means one of them is finite. Recurrence is always stated in the paper's "in fact" form: lim inf⁡Xn=−∞\liminf X_n=-\inftyliminfXn​=−∞ and lim sup⁡Xn=+∞\limsup X_n=+\inftylimsupXn​=+∞. "Correspond respectively" is formalized as three equivalences between the series conditions and the sign conditions.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Without nondegeneracy (α≡12\alpha\equiv\frac12α≡21​) both series vanish and (i), (ii) would contradict each other; the hypothesis is part of every statement that needs it. A cylinder law that cannot be met would make every theorem vacuous; a sorry-free check confirms that the environment α≡1\alpha\equiv1α≡1 with Xn=nX_n=nXn​=n satisfies IsRWRE, and the companion item asserts existence for every law of α0\alpha_0α0​. The page's alternative "0≤αn<10\le\alpha_n<10≤αn​<1 for all nnn or 0<αn≤10<\alpha_n\le10<αn​≤1 for all nnn" is kept, since a single range [0,1][0,1][0,1] would let 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0 change ρn\rho_nρn​.

Needed infrastructure: hitting probabilities of birth–death chains (reusable for any nearest-neighbour chain), the fluctuation-theory criterion for i.i.d. sums with extended values (reusable throughout applied probability), and a quenched-to-annealed transfer lemma. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Solomon, Random walks in a random environment, The Annals of Probability 3(1):1–31, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, Springer, Berlin, 1960 (pp. 65–71; reference [1] of Solomon 1975, https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444).
  • K. L. Chung, A Course in Probability Theory, Harcourt, Brace and World, New York, 1968 (Ch. 8; reference [2] of Solomon 1975, https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444).
  • H. Kesten, M. V. Kozlov, F. Spitzer, A limit law for random walk in a random environment, Compositio Mathematica 30(2):145–168, 1975. http://www.numdam.org/item/CM_1975__30_2_145_0/
  • Ya. G. Sinai, The limiting behavior of a one-dimensional random walk in a random medium, Theory of Probability and its Applications 27(2):256–268, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1137/1127028
  • O. Zeitouni, Random walks in random environment, Lectures on Probability Theory and Statistics (Saint-Flour 2001), Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1837, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-39874-5_2
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsNumber TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A New Class of Random Number Generators 1: For Prime m = bʳ + bˢ − 1, Every Nontrivial Add-with-Carry Sequence Is Periodic After r Steps, with Period the Order of b mod mResearch Paper

Why add-with-carry generators

Simulation, Monte Carlo integration and randomized algorithms consume long streams of numbers that should behave like independent uniform draws. A deterministic generator with finite state is eventually periodic, so its period is the first figure of merit: a stream cannot be longer than its cycle. G. Marsaglia and A. Zaman, A new class of random number generators (Ann. Appl. Probab. 1 (1991)), introduced the add-with-carry and subtract-with-borrow generators. They keep rrr machine words plus one carry bit, use only additions or subtractions of words, and still reach periods such as 26402^{640}2640 when the base bbb is near 2322^{32}232 (p. 465). The paper's mechanism for this is number-theoretic: the generated digits are the base-bbb digits of a fraction k/mk/mk/m written backwards, so the period of the generator is the period of a repeating base-bbb expansion, i.e. the multiplicative order of bbb modulo mmm.

Generators of this family were used widely in the following decades (Lüscher's RANLUX generator in lattice field theory is built on subtract-with-borrow), and later work showed that they are equivalent to linear congruential generators with modulus mmm (Tezuka, L'Ecuyer and Couture 1993). This mission treats the add-with-carry generator. A companion mission treats subtract-with-borrow.

Setting

Fix a base b≥2b \ge 2b≥2 and two lags rrr and sss with 0<s<r0 < s < r0<s<r. A state (or seed vector) is

x=(x1,x2,…,xr,c),x = (x_1, x_2, \dots, x_r, c),x=(x1​,x2​,…,xr​,c),

where each xi∈{0,1,…,b−1}x_i \in \{0, 1, \dots, b-1\}xi​∈{0,1,…,b−1} is a base-bbb digit and c∈{0,1}c \in \{0, 1\}c∈{0,1} is the carry bit. The digit x1x_1x1​ is the oldest one. The add-with-carry map fff (p. 465) is

f(x1,…,xr,c)={(x2,…,xr, xr+1−s+x1+c, 0)if xr+1−s+x1+c<b,(x2,…,xr, xr+1−s+x1+c−b, 1)if xr+1−s+x1+c≥b,f(x_1, \dots, x_r, c) = \begin{cases} (x_2, \dots, x_r,\ x_{r+1-s} + x_1 + c,\ 0) & \text{if } x_{r+1-s} + x_1 + c < b,\\ (x_2, \dots, x_r,\ x_{r+1-s} + x_1 + c - b,\ 1) & \text{if } x_{r+1-s} + x_1 + c \ge b, \end{cases}f(x1​,…,xr​,c)={(x2​,…,xr​, xr+1−s​+x1​+c, 0)(x2​,…,xr​, xr+1−s​+x1​+c−b, 1)​if xr+1−s​+x1​+c<b,if xr+1−s​+x1​+c≥b,​

and the generated sequence of a seed xxx is x,f(x),f2(x),…x, f(x), f^2(x), \dotsx,f(x),f2(x),…. Reading off the last digit of each state gives a digit stream x1,…,xr,xr+1,xr+2,…x_1, \dots, x_r, x_{r+1}, x_{r+2}, \dotsx1​,…,xr​,xr+1​,xr+2​,… obeying xn=xn−r+xn−s+c mod bx_n = x_{n-r} + x_{n-s} + c \bmod bxn​=xn−r​+xn−s​+cmodb, with the carry updated at each step. The two trivial seeds are (0,…,0,0)(0, \dots, 0, 0)(0,…,0,0) and (b−1,…,b−1,1)(b-1, \dots, b-1, 1)(b−1,…,b−1,1). The modulus of the generator is

m=br+bs−1.m = b^r + b^s - 1 .m=br+bs−1.

For 0≤k<m0 \le k < m0≤k<m and j≥1j \ge 1j≥1, the jjj-th base-bbb digit of k/mk/mk/m after the point is dj(k/m)=⌊b⋅(bj−1k mod m)/m⌋d_j(k/m) = \lfloor b \cdot (b^{j-1} k \bmod m) / m \rfloordj​(k/m)=⌊b⋅(bj−1kmodm)/m⌋. The order ord⁡m(b)\operatorname{ord}_m(b)ordm​(b) is the least p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 with bp≡1(modm)b^p \equiv 1 \pmod mbp≡1(modm), and bbb is a primitive root of a prime mmm when ord⁡m(b)=m−1\operatorname{ord}_m(b) = m - 1ordm​(b)=m−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the period is the order of bbb

Let m=br+bs−1m = b^r + b^s - 1m=br+bs−1 be prime, and let xxx be any seed other than the two trivial seeds. Then fr(x)f^r(x)fr(x) is a periodic point of fff and

min⁡{p≥1:fp(fr(x))=fr(x)}=ord⁡m(b).\min\{p \ge 1 : f^{p}(f^{r}(x)) = f^{r}(x)\} = \operatorname{ord}_m(b).min{p≥1:fp(fr(x))=fr(x)}=ordm​(b).

This is the italic summary of p. 472 ("whatever the seed vector, except for the two trivial seeds, the add-with-carry and subtract-with-borrow sequences become periodic after a few iterations of the generating function, and the periods are the order of the base bbb for the appropriate modulus"), with the claim of §4.2 (p. 467) and its proof (p. 468). The goal fixes no particular bbb, rrr, sss and does not assume that bbb is a primitive root. When it is, the period is br+bs−2b^r + b^s - 2br+bs−2, the value announced in §2.

Milestones

  1. §4.1 (p. 467): for gcd⁡(k,m)=gcd⁡(b,m)=1\gcd(k, m) = \gcd(b, m) = 1gcd(k,m)=gcd(b,m)=1, p>0p > 0p>0 is a period of the base-bbb expansion of k/mk/mk/m iff ord⁡m(b)∣p\operatorname{ord}_m(b) \mid pordm​(b)∣p.
  2. §4.1 (p. 467): if bbb is a primitive root of the prime mmm, every proper fraction k/mk/mk/m has least period m−1m - 1m−1.
  3. p. 472: f(x)=xf(x) = xf(x)=x iff xxx is a trivial seed.
  4. p. 472: fr(x)f^r(x)fr(x) is periodic for every seed.
  5. §4.2 (p. 468): for every seed other than (b−1,…,b−1,1)(b-1, \dots, b-1, 1)(b−1,…,b−1,1) and every CCC, there is 0≤k<m0 \le k < m0≤k<m, positive iff the seed is nonzero, with
xn=dC+1−n(k/m)(r+1≤n≤C).x_n = d_{C+1-n}(k/m) \qquad (r + 1 \le n \le C).xn​=dC+1−n​(k/m)(r+1≤n≤C).
  1. p. 472, Method 3: xxx is periodic iff c=0c = 0c=0 and xr⋯xs+1≥xr−s⋯x1x_r \cdots x_{s+1} \ge x_{r-s} \cdots x_1xr​⋯xs+1​≥xr−s​⋯x1​, or c=1c = 1c=1 and xr⋯xs+1≤xr−s⋯x1x_r \cdots x_{s+1} \le x_{r-s} \cdots x_1xr​⋯xs+1​≤xr−s​⋯x1​ (digit strings read as base-bbb integers).
  2. §2 (p. 465): the instance b=10b = 10b=10, r=2r = 2r=2, s=1s = 1s=1, period 108108108.
  3. §7 (p. 477): the instance b=6b = 6b=6, r=21r = 21r=21, s=2s = 2s=2, period 621+62−26^{21} + 6^2 - 2621+62−2.

Significance

The result. The goal reduces the period of the generator, a property of a dynamical system on 2br2b^r2br states, to the multiplicative order of one residue. That is the computation the paper performs in §6 to certify its recommended generators, and it is how one chooses b,r,sb, r, sb,r,s: search for primes m=br+bs−1m = b^r + b^s - 1m=br+bs−1 and check the order of bbb. Milestone 5 is stronger than the goal. It needs no primality and identifies the whole output stream, not only its period, with the expansion of a fraction. That identification is what later work used to relate carry generators to linear congruential generators with modulus mmm. Milestone 6 answers the paper's "periodic seed" puzzle: it says exactly which seeds lie on their own cycle.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, the general §4.1 facts are classical, and the method-specific rules of §4.5 (milestone 6) are stated there without proof. None of it is machine-checked on Prove2Me or, to our knowledge, in Mathlib, which has orderOf and ZMod but no theory of base-bbb expansions of rationals. The mission produces a checked link from a concrete integer recurrence to modular arithmetic. That link can serve as a template for other carry-based and lagged generators.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says the digit recurrence is linear, so the period divides something like the order of a companion matrix. This fails because of the carry: fff is not linear over Z/b\mathbb{Z}/bZ/b, and the state (x1,…,xr,c)(x_1, \dots, x_r, c)(x1​,…,xr​,c) does not live in a group in any evident way. The link to the order of bbb modulo mmm goes through an identity between a finite digit string and a fraction (milestone 5). Stating it with exact indices is itself delicate: the digits run in reverse order, the fraction depends on the string's length, and the trivial seed (b−1,…,b−1,1)(b-1, \dots, b-1, 1)(b−1,…,b−1,1), whose digits are those of m/m=1m/m = 1m/m=1, has to be excluded.

A second difficulty is the preperiod. A seed need not lie on its own cycle (p. 472), so the period must be measured after the transient. Bounding that transient by rrr (milestone 4) and characterising the periodic seeds (milestone 6) are separate combinatorial facts about the carry. The paper states the second without proof.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. All declarations are in namespace CarryRNG.AWC. Lags are a structure Lags with fields r, s and proofs of 0<s0 < s0<s and s<rs < rs<r. A state is a structure with digits x : Fin r → Fin b and carry c : Fin 2, so c≤1c \le 1c≤1 holds by typing. Lean index iii is the paper's xi+1x_{i+1}xi+1​: x 0 is x1x_1x1​ (the digit the step drops), and the partner digit xr+1−sx_{r+1-s}xr+1−s​ is index r−sr - sr−s. step is defined directly from the two-case formula of p. 465, not through k/mk/mk/m. The digit stream out is one-based: the seed digits for n≤rn \le rn≤r, then the last digit of f n−r(x)f^{\,n-r}(x)fn−r(x). digit b m k j is the exact integer formula above, used for j≥1j \ge 1j≥1 only.
  • Period. "The period" is Mathlib's Function.minimalPeriod. It is 000 at non-periodic points, so the goal's equation with the positive ord⁡m(b)\operatorname{ord}_m(b)ordm​(b) also asserts periodicity. A divisibility or inequality form would be vacuous and is not used. For digit sequences, "period LLL" is stated as "p>0p > 0p>0 is a period iff L∣pL \mid pL∣p".
  • Quantifier readings. "With appropriately chosen base bbb, lags rrr and sss and seed vector xxx" (p. 465) is read as: mmm prime and xxx not a trivial seed, following p. 468 ("Making mmm a prime ensures this") and p. 472. "After a few iterations" is "after at most rrr", the paper's own bound (p. 472), so the goal is stated at fr(x)f^r(x)fr(x). In milestone 5 the fraction kkk depends on the length CCC of the finite string, as in the paper's "arbitrarily long finite string". In milestone 8, "for any set of 21 seed digits" is stated at f21(x)f^{21}(x)f21(x) for the same reason.
  • Corrected misprints. p. 465 prints the second trivial seed as "(9, 9, 9)"; the last entry is the carry, so milestone 7 excludes (9,9,1)(9, 9, 1)(9,9,1). p. 473, example (a), prints the Method 3 inequalities reversed; milestone 6 follows p. 472, which exhaustive checks on small parameters confirm. p. 478 repeats the die period with "− 1" for "− 2"; milestone 8 quotes p. 477.
  • Ruled-out trivializations. The goal is not "some period divides m−1m - 1m−1" and not "every orbit is eventually periodic". Both hold for any self-map of a finite set or are vacuous. The trivial seeds are named states, not excluded by an assumption such as f(x)≠xf(x) \neq xf(x)=x.
  • Infrastructure and contributions. Needed: periods of base-bbb expansions of rationals (milestones 1–2, reusable beyond this mission) and finite-dynamics facts about minimalPeriod along an orbit. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are primality and order certificates for milestone 8 as separate lemmas.

Selected references

  • G. Marsaglia and A. Zaman, A new class of random number generators, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1(3) (1991), 462–480. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005878
  • S. Tezuka, P. L'Ecuyer and R. Couture, On the lattice structure of the add-with-carry and subtract-with-borrow random number generators, ACM Trans. Model. Comput. Simul. 3(4) (1993), 315–331. https://doi.org/10.1145/159737.159749
  • R. Couture and P. L'Ecuyer, Distribution properties of multiply-with-carry random number generators, Math. Comp. 66 (1997), 591–607. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0025-5718-97-00827-2
  • M. Lüscher, A portable high-quality random number generator for lattice field theory simulations, Comput. Phys. Commun. 79 (1994), 100–110. https://doi.org/10.1016/0010-4655(94)90232-1
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On Adaptive-Step Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithms for Linear Programming 4: For a Random Subspace, ‖Pq‖⁻∞ ≤ (log n/n)‖r‖² with Probability Tending to OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Primal–dual interior point methods follow a path of strictly feasible solutions to a linear program. Their worst case iteration bounds come from controlling a term that is quadratic in each search step. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye asked whether that term is typically much smaller than its worst case bound under a model in which a certain subspace is randomly oriented. Theorem 5 in their technical report gives a probability bound for the negative part of that term. It is a statement about one randomly oriented subspace and a fixed input vector, rather than a stochastic model for an entire algorithm run. The authors explicitly note that assigning the same random subspace model independently at successive iterations would be inconsistent with the algorithm's evolving state. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §6

Setting

Fix a dimension nnn, an integer ddd with 0≤d≤n0\le d\le n0≤d≤n, and a vector r∈Rnr\in\mathbb R^nr∈Rn. Draw a random ddd-dimensional subspace UUU from the distribution invariant under orthogonal transformations. Let ppp be the Euclidean orthogonal projection of rrr onto UUU, and put q=r−pq=r-pq=r−p, its projection onto U⊥U^\perpU⊥. The matrix P=diag⁡(p)P=\operatorname{diag}(p)P=diag(p) turns the vector qqq into the coordinatewise product Pq=(pjqj)j=1nPq=(p_jq_j)_{j=1}^nPq=(pj​qj​)j=1n​.

For a coordinate vector zzz, let z−=(min⁡{zj,0})j=1nz^-=(\min\{z_j,0\})_{j=1}^nz−=(min{zj​,0})j=1n​ and ∥z∥∞−=∥z−∥∞\|z\|^-_\infty=\|z^-\|_\infty∥z∥∞−​=∥z−∥∞​. Thus ∥Pq∥∞−\|Pq\|^-_\infty∥Pq∥∞−​ records the magnitude of the largest negative coordinate of PqPqPq. An unsubscripted vector norm is always the Euclidean ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. These definitions follow the report's notation on printed pages 2 and 4. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §§1–2

The formal model samples an (n−d)×n(n-d)\times n(n−d)×n matrix GGG with independent standard normal entries and sets U=ker⁡GU=\ker GU=kerG. The report itself gives this construction as an example of the orthogonally invariant law. With probability one, this null space has dimension ddd. The construction covers the endpoint cases d=0d=0d=0 and d=nd=nd=n as well: the projection product is then zero. This probabilistic model has no linear programming data in its statement. The optimization setting explains why the quantity matters, while the result depends only on Euclidean projection geometry. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §6

Formalization targets

Theorem 5

For arbitrary choices rn∈Rnr_n\in\mathbb R^nrn​∈Rn and dn≤nd_n\le ndn​≤n at each dimension, the central target is

Pr⁡{∥Pnqn∥∞−≤log⁡nn∥rn∥22}⟶1(n⟶∞).\Pr\left\{\|P_nq_n\|^-_\infty\le \frac{\log n}{n}\|r_n\|_2^2\right\} \longrightarrow 1\qquad(n\longrightarrow\infty).Pr{∥Pn​qn​∥∞−​≤nlogn​∥rn​∥22​}⟶1(n⟶∞).

The logarithm is natural. The theorem asks for the exact coefficient shown in the report, rather than only an asymptotic order. The choice of rnr_nrn​ and dnd_ndn​ may change with nnn; the result does not require a common probability space for all dimensions. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, Theorem 5, printed p. 13

Source milestones

The mission includes Lemma 6, which identifies a beta distributed radial coordinate and a uniform spherical direction for a projected vector; the componentwise identities and inequality (18)–(19); the Gaussian norm limit (20); the Gaussian coordinate maximum limit cited in the proof; and Lemma 7, which bounds the sup norm of a rotated uniform spherical direction by 3log⁡n/n\sqrt{3\log n/n}3logn/n​ with probability tending to one. Their statements, constants, and order follow printed pages 14–15 of the report. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §6

Significance

The result gives a precise high probability bound for the negative coordinates of the projection product. In the report this product represents the second order term of a primal–dual search direction, and a smaller value permits a larger admissible step in the relevant neighborhood analysis. The theorem therefore supplies a mathematically definite part of the paper's discussion of anticipated improved behavior. It does not by itself prove a typical iteration count: the paper does not provide a consistent random model for the sequence of subspaces visited by the algorithm. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §§2, 6–7

The report proves Theorem 5 and the two numbered lemmas on paper. The formalization work is to provide machine checked proofs of the random subspace representation, the beta and spherical laws, the finite dimensional Gaussian limits, and their connection to the projection bound. These results are reusable in other questions about random projections and coordinatewise estimates. The statements in this mission are open formalization targets; compilation of a statement with a proof placeholder does not count as a machine checked proof.

Difficulty

A direct norm bound on ppp and qqq loses the coordinate information needed for the factor log⁡n/n\log n/nlogn/n. The difficult part is that the desired bound concerns the most negative coordinate of a product of two dependent projections, while the distribution is specified through a random subspace. The paper's deterministic identity (18)–(19) relates this product to an angular coordinate. The remaining probabilistic statements must control the largest coordinate of a uniformly distributed spherical vector, including the numerical constant in Lemma 7. The laws of the radial and angular coordinates also need a sound measurable construction; simply writing a mapped measure without checking the map would not establish the claimed distributions.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ∥r∥\|r\|∥r∥ is the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. Coordinate sup norms are separate definitions. A complete development needs finite dimensional inner product geometry, orthogonal projections, Gaussian product measures, beta measures, the uniform spherical law, and limits of real probabilities. The spherical law is encoded as the direction of a standard Gaussian vector. The Gaussian matrix construction fixes the invariant subspace distribution and must be connected to the stated ddd-dimensional law almost surely.

Lemma 6 concerns d,m≥1d,m\ge1d,m≥1 and n≥2n\ge2n≥2, where the beta parameters and the spherical direction are nondegenerate. Its angular direction is assigned zero at the zero coordinate, which has probability zero in this regime; the claimed decomposition and unit norm hold almost surely. Theorem 5 retains d=0d=0d=0, d=nd=nd=n, and r=0r=0r=0. Lemma 7 is stated only for frames in dimensions at least two; finitely many smaller dimensions are assigned probability one in its limit expression. Equation (20) keeps the report's condition ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. All limits are probabilities tending to one, never probability one at every finite nnn.

Contributions should preserve the source's constants and all three claims of Lemma 6. A proof of the beta law alone, or a bound for a single fixed direction, does not close the corresponding target. The invariant random subspace and projection model, the Gaussian and spherical distribution facts, and the coordinate estimates are each useful independently of this mission.

Selected references

  • Shinji Mizuno, Michael J. Todd, and Yinyu Ye, On Adaptive-Step Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithms for Linear Programming, Cornell ORIE Technical Report No. 944, 1990, revised 1991; published in Mathematics of Operations Research 18(4), 1993. DOI
  • Sidney I. Resnick, Extreme Values, Regular Variation, and Point Processes, Springer, 1987, pp. 42 and 71, cited in the report for the Gaussian maximum estimate. DOI
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Comparison of Threshold Stop Rules and Maximum for Independent Nonnegative Random Variables II: For I.I.D. Variables the Constant 2 Is Best Possible over Threshold RulesResearch Paper

Motivation

A prophet inequality compares two observers of a sequence of nonnegative random variables X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​. The prophet knows all values in advance and collects Xn∗=max⁡(X1,…,Xn)X_n^* = \max(X_1, \dots, X_n)Xn∗​=max(X1​,…,Xn​). The gambler sees the values one at a time and must decide, irrevocably, when to stop and collect the current value. For independent variables the gambler's optimal value is at least half of EXn∗EX_n^*EXn∗​, and the factor 222 is sharp. Prophet inequalities are a basic tool in the analysis of online mechanisms, posted-price auctions and online selection problems, where the gambler's rule is a pricing policy and the prophet is the offline optimum.

Optimal stopping rules are often difficult to compute and to implement. A threshold rule, which stops at the first value at least ccc, is a posted price, and is the form used in applications. Samuel-Cahn (Ann. Probab. 12 (1984) 1213–1216) proved that a threshold rule alone attains the factor 222: with mmm a median of Xn∗X_n^*Xn∗​, Theorem 1 of the paper gives EXn∗≤2E+Xs(m)EX_n^* \le 2E^+X_{s(m)}EXn∗​≤2E+Xs(m)​ or EXn∗≤2E+Xt(m)EX_n^* \le 2E^+X_{t(m)}EXn∗​≤2E+Xt(m)​. Mission I of this series formalizes that theorem.

Timeline (as recounted on p. 1213 of the paper).

  • 1978: Krengel and Sucheston show EXn∗≤2Vn(X‾)EX_n^* \le 2V_n(\underline X)EXn∗​≤2Vn​(X​), where VnV_nVn​ is the optimal stopping value, for independent Xi≥0X_i \ge 0Xi​≥0; the constant 222 cannot be improved for any n≥2n \ge 2n≥2.
  • 1981: Hill and Kertz show that strict inequality holds in all but trivial cases.
  • 1982: Hill and Kertz show that for i.i.d. XiX_iXi​ the best constant αn\alpha_nαn​ for optimal rules depends on nnn and is bounded by 1.61.61.6.
  • 1983: Kertz (unpublished at the time) proves lim⁡αn=1+a∗=1.341…\lim \alpha_n = 1 + a^* = 1.341\ldotslimαn​=1+a∗=1.341… for a constant a∗a^*a∗ given by an integral equation.
  • 1984: Samuel-Cahn shows that a median threshold rule achieves the factor 222 (Theorem 1), and that for threshold rules the factor 222 cannot be lowered even for i.i.d. variables (Theorem 2). This mission is Theorem 2.

Setting

Fix n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and a probability law μ\muμ on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞). Let X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent with common law μ\muμ, and Xn∗=max⁡(X1,…,Xn)X_n^* = \max(X_1, \dots, X_n)Xn∗​=max(X1​,…,Xn​). For a constant c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 the threshold rules are

  • t(c)t(c)t(c): the smallest i<ni < ni<n with Xi≥cX_i \ge cXi​≥c, and t(c)=nt(c) = nt(c)=n otherwise;
  • s(c)s(c)s(c): the smallest i<ni < ni<n with Xi>cX_i > cXi​>c, and s(c)=ns(c) = ns(c)=n otherwise.

The stopped value is Xt(c)X_{t(c)}Xt(c)​ or Xs(c)X_{s(c)}Xs(c)​. The truncated expectations are E+Xt(c)=E[Xt(c)I(Xt(c)≥c)]E^+X_{t(c)} = E[X_{t(c)} I(X_{t(c)} \ge c)]E+Xt(c)​=E[Xt(c)​I(Xt(c)​≥c)] and E+Xs(c)=E[Xs(c)I(Xs(c)>c)]E^+X_{s(c)} = E[X_{s(c)} I(X_{s(c)} > c)]E+Xs(c)​=E[Xs(c)​I(Xs(c)​>c)]: they discard the forced stop at time nnn below the threshold. The class Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​ is the set of all t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c) with c≥0c \ge 0c≥0.

The lower half of the theorem uses an explicit family. For 0<a<10 < a < 10<a<1, b>0b > 0b>0, c>0c > 0c>0 and n>b+cn > b + cn>b+c, the variables Xi(n)X_i^{(n)}Xi(n)​ take the values 000, aaa, 111 with probabilities 1−(b+c)/n1 - (b+c)/n1−(b+c)/n, c/nc/nc/n, b/nb/nb/n. Two constants enter:

a∗=c(1−e−b)−be−b(1−e−c)c(1−e−b−c),Q(b,c)=1+e−b−e−b−c1−e−b−c−b(e−b−e−b−c)2c(1−e−b−c)(1−e−b).a^* = \frac{c(1 - e^{-b}) - b e^{-b}(1 - e^{-c})}{c(1 - e^{-b-c})}, \qquad Q(b, c) = 1 + \frac{e^{-b} - e^{-b-c}}{1 - e^{-b-c}} - \frac{b(e^{-b} - e^{-b-c})^2}{c(1 - e^{-b-c})(1 - e^{-b})}.a∗=c(1−e−b−c)c(1−e−b)−be−b(1−e−c)​,Q(b,c)=1+1−e−b−ce−b−e−b−c​−c(1−e−b−c)(1−e−b)b(e−b−e−b−c)2​.

This a∗a^*a∗ is unrelated to the a∗a^*a∗ of the NOTE in §1 of the paper.

In Lean (SamuelCahnProphet.IID), a sample is x : Fin n → ℝ under iidLaw μ n, the product measure; tIdx x c and sIdx x c are t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c); Emax, EstopT, EstopS, EplusT, EplusS are EXn∗EX_n^*EXn∗​, EXt(c)EX_{t(c)}EXt(c)​, EXs(c)EX_{s(c)}EXs(c)​ and the E+E^+E+ terms; supE and supEplus are the two suprema over Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​; threePoint n a b c is the law of Xi(n)X_i^{(n)}Xi(n)​; aStarIID and Q are the constants above.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 1215)

sup⁡nsup⁡X‾[EXn∗sup⁡t∈Tn∗E+Xt]=sup⁡nsup⁡X‾[EXn∗sup⁡t∈Tn∗EXt]=2,\sup_n \sup_{\underline X} \left[\frac{EX_n^*}{\sup_{t \in T_n^*} E^+X_t}\right] = \sup_n \sup_{\underline X} \left[\frac{EX_n^*}{\sup_{t \in T_n^*} EX_t}\right] = 2,nsup​X​sup​[supt∈Tn∗​​E+Xt​EXn∗​​]=nsup​X​sup​[supt∈Tn∗​​EXt​EXn∗​​]=2,

over i.i.d. nonnegative X‾\underline XX​. It is stated as three facts: EXn∗≤2sup⁡Tn∗E+XtEX_n^* \le 2 \sup_{T_n^*} E^+X_tEXn∗​≤2supTn∗​​E+Xt​ for every nnn and law; sup⁡Tn∗E+Xt≤sup⁡Tn∗EXt\sup_{T_n^*} E^+X_t \le \sup_{T_n^*} EX_tsupTn∗​​E+Xt​≤supTn∗​​EXt​; and for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 some nnn and law with (2−ε)sup⁡Tn∗EXt<EXn∗(2 - \varepsilon)\sup_{T_n^*} EX_t < EX_n^*(2−ε)supTn∗​​EXt​<EXn∗​.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 2, p. 1215)

  1. The upper bound EXn∗≤2sup⁡Tn∗E+XtEX_n^* \le 2\sup_{T_n^*} E^+X_tEXn∗​≤2supTn∗​​E+Xt​, attributed to Theorem 1.
  2. lim⁡nEXn(n)∗=1−e−b+a{e−b−e−b−c}\lim_n EX_n^{(n)*} = 1 - e^{-b} + a\{e^{-b} - e^{-b-c}\}limn​EXn(n)∗​=1−e−b+a{e−b−e−b−c}.
  3. For the three-point law, sup⁡Tn∗EXt=max⁡{EXt(a),EXt(1)}\sup_{T_n^*} EX_t = \max\{EX_{t(a)}, EX_{t(1)}\}supTn∗​​EXt​=max{EXt(a)​,EXt(1)​}.
  4. W(a)=lim⁡nEXt(a)(n)=(1−e−b−c)(b+ac)/(b+c)W(a) = \lim_n EX^{(n)}_{t(a)} = (1 - e^{-b-c})(b + ac)/(b + c)W(a)=limn​EXt(a)(n)​=(1−e−b−c)(b+ac)/(b+c).
  5. W(1)=lim⁡nEXt(1)(n)=1−e−bW(1) = \lim_n EX^{(n)}_{t(1)} = 1 - e^{-b}W(1)=limn​EXt(1)(n)​=1−e−b.
  6. W(a∗)=W(1)W(a^*) = W(1)W(a∗)=W(1) and 0<a∗<10 < a^* < 10<a∗<1.
  7. With a=a∗a = a^*a=a∗, lim⁡nEXn(n)∗/sup⁡Tn∗EXt(n)=Q(b,c)\lim_n EX_n^{(n)*}/\sup_{T_n^*} EX_t^{(n)} = Q(b, c)limn​EXn(n)∗​/supTn∗​​EXt(n)​=Q(b,c).
  8. Q(b,c)→2Q(b, c) \to 2Q(b,c)→2 as b→0+b \to 0^+b→0+ and c→∞c \to \inftyc→∞.

Significance

Theorem 1 says a posted price recovers half of the prophet's value. Theorem 2 says this guarantee is tight within the class of threshold rules even under the most favourable independence structure, identical distributions. This matters because for optimal rules the i.i.d. constant is at most 1.61.61.6 (Hill and Kertz 1982); the theorem separates threshold rules from optimal rules in the i.i.d. case and sets the benchmark that later single-threshold and order-selection analyses compare against.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission produces one: a formal model of threshold rules on an i.i.d. sample, exact asymptotics of the expected maximum and of two stopped values for a triangular array of three-point laws, the reduction of the class Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​ to two rules, and the two-parameter limit. The upper bound (milestone 1) is the i.i.d. case of mission I's goal, and may later be closed by reference to it.

Difficulty

The limits are "easily seen" on the page, but each requires controlling (1−x/n)n−1(1 - x/n)^{n-1}(1−x/n)n−1 uniformly with the exact law of a stopped index on a product space, including the forced stop at nnn whose contribution vanishes only in the limit. Milestone 3 is a finite claim over an uncountable family of rules: every t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c) with c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 must be shown to coincide almost surely with one of t(0)t(0)t(0), t(a)t(a)t(a), t(1)t(1)t(1) or stopping at nnn, and the first and last must be shown dominated by t(a)t(a)t(a) for every finite n>b+cn > b + cn>b+c, not only asymptotically. The final step is a joint limit in (b,c)(b, c)(b,c), in which b/(1−e−b)→1b/(1 - e^{-b}) \to 1b/(1−e−b)→1 while the correction term vanishes like 1/c1/c1/c; an iterated limit is not the statement.

Formalization scope

The i.i.d. variables are the coordinates of Rn\mathbb R^nRn under the product measure μ⊗n\mu^{\otimes n}μ⊗n; all quantities depend only on the joint law, so the supremum over X‾\underline XX​ is a supremum over laws μ\muμ with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty, 0)) = 0μ((−∞,0))=0. Indices are 0-based in Fin n with [NeZero n], the paper's index nnn being ⊤. Expectations are lintegrals of ENNReal.ofReal in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]: no integrability is assumed and EXn∗=∞EX_n^* = \inftyEXn∗​=∞ is allowed. The sup over Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​ ranges over c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and over both families t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c). Limits along the triangular array are indexed by n=k+1n = k + 1n=k+1 and taken in R\mathbb RR after toReal; the early terms with n≤b+cn \le b + cn≤b+c, where the clipped weights of threePoint do not form a probability measure, do not affect any limit.

The page's ratios are not written literally: in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] the quotients 0/00/00/0 and ∞/∞\infty/\infty∞/∞ take junk values, so a literal supremum of ratios would be decided by degenerate laws. The goal's third fact uses a strict inequality and requires an explicit probability law on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), which rules out the Dirac mass at 000 and sub-probability witnesses.

A complete development needs: the law of the first index of a product sample entering a set, expectations of finite-valued functions under Measure.pi, the limit (1−x/n)n→e−x(1 - x/n)^n \to e^{-x}(1−x/n)n→e−x along a triangular array, and elementary bounds on the exponential. The first two are reusable for any threshold or secretary-type stopping problem on i.i.d. samples. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as is a proof of the upper bound that does not route through the median.

Selected references

  • E. Samuel-Cahn, Comparison of threshold stop rules and maximum for independent nonnegative random variables, Ann. Probab. 12(4) (1984) 1213–1216. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993150
  • U. Krengel and L. Sucheston, On semiamarts, amarts, and processes with finite value, in Probability on Banach Spaces, Adv. Probab. Related Topics 4, Dekker, New York (1978) 197–266.
  • T. P. Hill and R. P. Kertz, Ratio comparisons of supremum and stop rule expectations, Z. Wahrsch. verw. Gebiete 56 (1981) 283–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00536175
  • T. P. Hill and R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, Ann. Probab. 10(2) (1982) 336–345. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993861
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryAnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Values of Large Games II: Oceanic Games 1: Closed-Form Values of Interior Oceanic GamesResearch Paper

Motivation

Weighted voting bodies often combine a few large blocs with a mass of small, unorganized voters: shareholders' meetings with a handful of large holders and a dispersed float, legislatures with party blocs and independents. The Shapley value measures each participant's voting power as the probability of being pivotal — the one whose arrival first turns a losing coalition into a winning one — when participants arrive in a uniformly random order. For many small voters this computation becomes a combinatorial problem whose size grows with the number of voters.

Milnor and Shapley (RAND RM-2649, 1961; revised as Mathematics of Operations Research 3(4), 1978) replaced the small voters by a continuum, the ocean, and obtained explicit formulas for the power of the large voters. The memorandum is the second of a RAND series on values of large games; the first (L. S. Shapley and N. Z. Shapiro, Values of Large Games, I: A Limit Theorem, RM-2648, 1960) proves the limit theorem for finite games with many small players on which the oceanic model rests. This mission formalizes the part of the memorandum that leads to explicit closed forms for the values of interior oceanic games (§2, §4, §5).

Setting

There are mmm major players M={1,…,m}M = \{1, \dots, m\}M={1,…,m} with weights w1,…,wm≥0w_1, \dots, w_m \ge 0w1​,…,wm​≥0, and w(S)=∑j∈Swjw(S) = \sum_{j \in S} w_jw(S)=∑j∈S​wj​. The ocean is the interval I=[0,1]I = [0,1]I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure, carrying total weight α>0\alpha > 0α>0. In the oceanic game [c;w1,…,wm;α][c; w_1, \dots, w_m; \alpha][c;w1​,…,wm​;α] with quota ccc, a coalition wins when the weight of its major players plus α\alphaα times its share of the ocean is at least ccc.

The random order is modelled by a uniform random point x=(x1,…,xm)x = (x_1, \dots, x_m)x=(x1​,…,xm​) of the cube ImI^mIm: major player jjj is inserted into the ocean at position xjx_jxj​, and P(t)={j:xj<t}P(t) = \{ j : x_j < t \}P(t)={j:xj​<t} is the set of major players placed before position ttt. Player iii is pivotal when

w(P(xi))+αxi≤c≤w(P(xi))+wi+αxi,(2.4)w(P(x_i)) + \alpha x_i \le c \le w(P(x_i)) + w_i + \alpha x_i, \qquad (2.4)w(P(xi​))+αxi​≤c≤w(P(xi​))+wi​+αxi​,(2.4)

and the value φi\varphi_iφi​ of player iii is the probability of (2.4), i.e. the volume of the set Ai⊆ImA_i \subseteq I^mAi​⊆Im where it holds. The combined value of the ocean is Φ=1−∑iφi\Phi = 1 - \sum_{i} \varphi_iΦ=1−∑i​φi​ (2.5).

With the quota yyy as a variable, Γ(y)=[y;w1,…,wm;α]\Gamma(y) = [y; w_1, \dots, w_m; \alpha]Γ(y)=[y;w1​,…,wm​;α] has values φi(y)\varphi_i(y)φi​(y), Φ(y)\Phi(y)Φ(y), and the pivot location F(y)=inf⁡{t≥0:w(P(t))+αt≥y}F(y) = \inf\{t \ge 0 : w(P(t)) + \alpha t \ge y\}F(y)=inf{t≥0:w(P(t))+αt≥y} is a random, nondecreasing, piecewise linear function of yyy with expectation E{F(y)}E\{F(y)\}E{F(y)}. Adding a major player m+1m+1m+1 of weight wm+1w_{m+1}wm+1​ gives the game Γ+\Gamma^+Γ+.

The game is interior when

w(M)≤c≤α,w(M) \le c \le \alpha,w(M)≤c≤α,

that is, the ocean alone wins and the major players together lose. With wˉj=α−wj\bar w_j = \alpha - w_jwˉj​=α−wj​, define π(S)=∏j∈Swjα∏j∈M−Swˉjα\pi(S) = \prod_{j \in S} \tfrac{w_j}{\alpha} \prod_{j \in M - S} \tfrac{\bar w_j}{\alpha}π(S)=∏j∈S​αwj​​∏j∈M−S​αwˉj​​ for S⊆MS \subseteq MS⊆M, the analogous product πi(S)\pi_i(S)πi​(S) over M−{i}M - \{i\}M−{i} for S⊆M−{i}S \subseteq M - \{i\}S⊆M−{i}, and the integers a0=1a_0 = 1a0​=1, an=1−nan−1a_n = 1 - n a_{n-1}an​=1−nan−1​, i.e. 1,0,1,−2,9,−44,…1, 0, 1, -2, 9, -44, \dots1,0,1,−2,9,−44,…

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 20)

In an interior game, with s=∣S∣s = |S|s=∣S∣,

φi=wiα∑S⊆M−{i}as πi(S),Φ=∑S⊆Mas π(S).\varphi_i = \frac{w_i}{\alpha} \sum_{S \subseteq M - \{i\}} a_s \, \pi_i(S), \qquad \Phi = \sum_{S \subseteq M} a_s \, \pi(S).φi​=αwi​​S⊆M−{i}∑​as​πi​(S),Φ=S⊆M∑​as​π(S).

Both identities are part of the goal. The values do not depend on ccc within the interior range.

Milestones

  1. §2, p. 5: the pivot sets A1,…,AmA_1, \dots, A_mA1​,…,Am​ overlap only in measure zero.
  2. (4.3): φi(y)=Prob⁡{F(y)=xi}\varphi_i(y) = \operatorname{Prob}\{F(y) = x_i\}φi​(y)=Prob{F(y)=xi​} for 0≤y≤w(M)+α0 \le y \le w(M) + \alpha0≤y≤w(M)+α.
  3. (4.4)–(4.5): for 0<y<w(M)+α0 < y < w(M) + \alpha0<y<w(M)+α, FFF is differentiable at yyy almost surely, ∑iφi(y)=Prob⁡{F′(y)=0}\sum_i \varphi_i(y) = \operatorname{Prob}\{F'(y) = 0\}∑i​φi​(y)=Prob{F′(y)=0} and Φ(y)=Prob⁡{F′(y)=1/α}\Phi(y) = \operatorname{Prob}\{F'(y) = 1/\alpha\}Φ(y)=Prob{F′(y)=1/α}.
  4. Theorem 2, (4.7): Φ(y)=α ddyE{F(y)}\Phi(y) = \alpha \, \frac{d}{dy} E\{F(y)\}Φ(y)=αdyd​E{F(y)}.
  5. Lemma, (4.12)–(4.13): φm+1+(z)=1α∫t1t2Φ(y) dy\varphi^+_{m+1}(z) = \frac{1}{\alpha} \int_{t_1}^{t_2} \Phi(y)\, dyφm+1+​(z)=α1​∫t1​t2​​Φ(y)dy with t1=max⁡(z−wm+1,0)t_1 = \max(z - w_{m+1}, 0)t1​=max(z−wm+1​,0), t2=min⁡(z,w(M)+α)t_2 = \min(z, w(M) + \alpha)t2​=min(z,w(M)+α).
  6. Theorem 5, (5.4): if [c;w1,…,wm;α][c; w_1, \dots, w_m; \alpha][c;w1​,…,wm​;α] and [d;w1,…,wm+1;α][d; w_1, \dots, w_{m+1}; \alpha][d;w1​,…,wm+1​;α] are both interior, φm+1+=1αΦwm+1\varphi^+_{m+1} = \frac{1}{\alpha} \Phi w_{m+1}φm+1+​=α1​Φwm+1​.
  7. Proof of Theorem 6, p. 21: the right-hand sides above add up to 1, an identity valid for all real wjw_jwj​ and α≠0\alpha \ne 0α=0.

Further items, not milestones: the Corollary (5.5), Theorem 3 (averaged over all quotas, each value equals the player's share of the total weight), Theorem 4 (small players behave like ocean), and (5.8) with its footnote (∣an∣|a_n|∣an​∣ is the nearest integer to n!/en!/en!/e and counts derangements).

Significance

Theorem 6 turns the voting power of the large blocs, a priori a probability over a continuum of orderings, into a finite multilinear polynomial in the ratios wj/αw_j/\alphawj​/α. Table 1 of the memorandum lists the cases m≤3m \le 3m≤3, and the theorem gives every mmm. Its coefficients are signed derangement numbers. The Corollary (5.5) states that a major player's value per vote equals the ocean's value per vote in the game without that player.

The memorandum's arguments are short and partly heuristic: "E commutes with the derivative", the disjointness of the pivot sets is "obvious", and the induction for Theorem 6 relies on the symmetry of the value in the major players, which is never stated. A formalization makes each of these steps precise, including the measure-zero exceptions and the quota ranges. To our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof; Mathlib has the Lebesgue measure on cubes, interval integrals and derangement numbers, but no game-theoretic value with a continuum of players.

Difficulty

The values are volumes of regions of ImI^mIm cut out by inequalities whose shape depends on the order of the coordinates, so a direct computation splits into m!m!m! order cells, with the quota ccc entering each. The paper's route avoids this by passing through the random function FFF, Theorem 2 and the Lemma; that route needs differentiation under the integral sign for a function that is only piecewise linear in yyy, with kinks at random locations, and an exact bookkeeping of the interval of integration when the quota approaches the ends of [0,w(M)+α][0, w(M) + \alpha][0,w(M)+α]. Theorem 6 is then an induction on mmm that uses Theorem 5 for every player in turn, so it also needs the invariance of φi\varphi_iφi​ under a relabelling of the major players.

Formalization scope

  • Major players are Fin m (m=0m = 0m=0 is allowed; then Φ=1\Phi = 1Φ=1). The probability of an event is the Lebesgue volume of its intersection with [0,1]m[0,1]^m[0,1]m; no probability space is built.
  • P(t)P(t)P(t) uses the strict inequality xj<tx_j < txj​<t, as printed.
  • φi\varphi_iφi​ is defined as the volume of the pivot set (2.4), for every real quota. Φ\PhiΦ is defined by (2.5), as the paper allows ("We might equally well take (2.5) as the definition of Φ\PhiΦ"). Neither is defined through the formulas of Theorem 6 or through FFF; defining them that way would make the goal an unfolding, and is ruled out.
  • The paper writes (4.2) as a minimum F(y)=min⁡{x∣w(P(x))+αx≥y}F(y) = \min\{x \mid w(P(x)) + \alpha x \ge y\}F(y)=min{x∣w(P(x))+αx≥y}, which need not be attained; FFF is the infimum over t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, the value shown in its Fig. 3.
  • The standing assumptions wj≥0w_j \ge 0wj​≥0 and α>0\alpha > 0α>0 (§2) are explicit hypotheses. The p. 5 footnote's 0≤c≤w(M)+α0 \le c \le w(M)+\alpha0≤c≤w(M)+α applies to the pivot-set milestone. Other quota ranges are explicit: 0≤y≤w(M)+α0 \le y \le w(M) + \alpha0≤y≤w(M)+α for (4.3) and Theorem 2 (one-sided derivatives at the ends), the open interval for (4.4)–(4.5) (two-sided derivatives, stated with HasDerivAt), and 0≤z≤w(M)+wm+1+α0 \le z \le w(M) + w_{m+1} + \alpha0≤z≤w(M)+wm+1​+α for the Lemma, as on p. 14.
  • The added player is appended with Fin.snoc as index Fin.last m.
  • Corollary (5.5) assumes wi>0w_i > 0wi​>0, since it divides by wiw_iwi​. Theorem 4, stated in the paper "in the general oceanic game", is false at quota 000 and when the limit game has no winning coalition; it is stated for 0<c≤w(M−{i})+α0 < c \le w(M - \{i\}) + \alpha0<c≤w(M−{i})+α.
  • The identity of milestone 7 is pure algebra and is stated for all real weights and α≠0\alpha \ne 0α=0.

A complete development needs: measurability of the pivot sets and of FFF in xxx, the structure of FFF as a piecewise linear function of yyy, differentiation of E{F}E\{F\}E{F}, and invariance of the values under permutations of the major players. The pivot-set and FFF infrastructure is reusable for the companion mission on limits of finite weighted majority games. Contributions of any of the milestones, of the symmetry lemma, and of the non-milestone items are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. W. Milnor and L. S. Shapley, Values of Large Games, II: Oceanic Games, The RAND Corporation, Research Memorandum RM-2649, February 1961. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_memoranda/RM2649.html
  • J. W. Milnor and L. S. Shapley, Values of Large Games II: Oceanic Games, Mathematics of Operations Research 3(4):290–307, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.3.4.290
  • L. S. Shapley, A Value for n-Person Games, in Contributions to the Theory of Games II, Annals of Mathematics Studies 28, Princeton University Press, 1953, 307–317. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881970-018
  • L. S. Shapley and N. Z. Shapiro, Values of Large Games, I: A Limit Theorem, The RAND Corporation, Research Memorandum RM-2648, November 1960.
  • R. J. Aumann and L. S. Shapley, Values of Non-Atomic Games, Princeton University Press, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400867080
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 27 of 66Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me